Latest revision as of 07:45, 7 December 2021

Text

Proposed Tech Specs,Rev C Changes Improved TSs 3.0,3.3,3.7, 3.8 & 5.0 as Result of Removing Generic Change Traveler TSTF-115 from Improved TS Submittal
	ML20203M592
Person / Time
Site:	Byron, Braidwood
Issue date:	12/17/1997
From:	; COMMONWEALTH EDISON CO.
To:	;
Shared Package
ML20203K449	List: ML20203K447; ML20203M592;
References
	NUDOCS 9803090132
	Download: ML20203M592 (262)
	v • d • e

_ _ .. __ __

SR ADpilcaDility B 3.0 B 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY s

BASES :

SRs SR 3.0.1 Nwgn SR 3.0.4 establish the general requirements applicable u. ell Specifications and apply at all times, unless otherwisc stated.

SR 3.0.1 SP,3.0.1 establishes the requirement that SRs must be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability for which the requirements of the LCO apply.

unless otherwise specified in the individual SRs. This Specification is to ensure that Surveillances are performeo to verify the OPERABILITY of systems and components. and that variables are within specified limits. Failure to meet a Surveillance within the specified Frequency, in accordance with SR 3.0.2 constitutes a failure to meet an LCO.

i Systems and components are assumed to be OPERABLE when the associated SRs have bem met. Nothing in this Specification, however, is to be construed as implying that systems or components are OPERABLE when:

a, The systems or components are known to be inoperable, although still meeting the SRs; or

b. The requirements of the Surveillance (s) are known not to be met between required Surveillance performances.

Surveillances do not have to be performed when the unit is in a MODE or other specified condition for which the requirements of the associated LCO are not applicable.

unless otherwise specified. The SRs associated with an Exceotion LCO are only applicable when the Exception LCO is useo as an allowable exception to the requirements of a Specification.

Unplanned events may satisfy the requirements (including applicable acceptance criteria) for a given SR. In this case, the unplanned event may be credited as fulfilling the performance of the SR. This allowance includes those SRs whose performance is normally precluded in a given MODE or other specified condition.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.0-12 12/17/97 Revision C 9803090132 980226 PDR ADOCK 05000454 P PDR

l SR Applicability B 3.0 B 3.0 SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREF.ENT (SR) APPLICABILITY l

BASES ;

4

' SRs SR 3.0.1 through SR 3.0.4 establish the general requirements applicable to all Specifications and apply et all times, unless otherwise stated.

SR 3.0.1 SR 3.0.1 establishes the requirement that SRs must be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability for which the requirements of the LCO apply.

unless otherwise specified in the individual SRs. This Specification is to ensure that Surveillances are performed to ver1fy the OPERABILITY of systems and components, and

- that variables are within specified limits. Failure to meet

a Surveillance within the specified Frequency in accordance with SR 3.0.2 constitutes a failure to meet an LCO.

! Systems and components are assumed to be GPERABLE when the associated SRs have been met. Nothing in this Specification, however, is to be construed as implying that systems or components are OPERABLE when:

a. The s/ stems or components are known to be inoperable, although still meeting the SRs: or

b. The requirements of the Surveillance (s) are known not to be met between required Surveillance performances.

Surveillances do not have to be performed when the un is in a MODE or other specified condition for which the requirements of the associated LCO are not applicable, unless otherwise specified. The SRs associated with an Exception LCO are only applicable when the Exception LCO is used as an allowable exception to the requirements of a Specification.

Unplanned events may satisfy the requirements (including applicable acceptance criteria) for a given SR. In this case, the unplanned event may be credited as fulfilling the performance of the SR. This allowance includes those SRs whose performance is normally precluded ir, a give1 MODE or other specified condition.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.0-12 12/17/97 Revis1on C

- - - - .. .~. -, . . - - .- .- . . - . . -- - - . . --

i BASES INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.0 Bases 3,0 INSERT B 3.0 10A (C,)

Unplanned events may satisfy the requirements (including applicable acceptance criteria) for a given SR. In this case, the unplanned event may be credited as fulfilling the performance of the SR. This allowance includes those SRs 4

whose performance is normally precluded in a given MODE or other specified condition.

1 4

l t

1

'l 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.0 LC0 AND APPLICABILITY BRACKETED CHANGES (B)

None.

GENERIC CHANGES (C)

C3 Not used.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-8.

l Revision 2..

C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1A31. as modified by TSTF-12.

, Revis'.on 1.

C, Not used.

C5 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by TSiF-1.

Revision 1.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-52.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-103.

TSTF-103 provides choices of bracketed information to chose. The appropriate information is included.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-104.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-136.

Cu This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG 77.

WOG-77 revises the Bases for LCO 3.0.5 to used the word " testing" instead of the acronym "SR." This change makes the LC0 and Bases consistent.

i BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.0 1 12/17/97 Revision C

N Actuation Instrumentation F40 fedIas 5vde n 3.3.s 3.3 [NSTRUMrN1ATION (Ho.3dlin~Q hos4 slfe, Plenurn (FMB) 44hh) 3.3.8 Fuei45uliding Air-_ ,cenu;A5ystem J;/.; ) Actuat.1on Instrumentation (FWB Venhl.Q $ wife)

LCO 3.3.8 The f-C++Aactuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3,s-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: According to Table 3.3.8-1.

O ACT10N5 h&

NOTE---------------k--------------------

GO 3.0.3 us no4 c.ppiirdle. ,) {

.;.ch ~a:t ' me '

I h.hp; rat: :;ndi:r 7tn : "1:r:d ':

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME -

A. One a n--

~

r:ti::: A.1 th:: :n: rE?.C: t r:in} 7 days "4th e channel w J ::;. - ~ . I m inoperable. k t + o re c.h o u c} d o

, OPERA 6LE s' S ir. _

(m emeroency tnoO [fue VeahlaEoa Sydem)

B. 0-e - -- :

~

tion

B.1 Placekone HMC-5 Immediately

.it5 tu: ch m :1 -

On :::r - a / %

. m. m. _ . , 4 ., e % ,_ , m...

co ble of beH pweml RequiccJ Acb. and 6 by oa cert.Aota e e .c v ews me.

ossotia&cd Co-pieW l.2 Enter applicable (=: m e ' 9 ggg Conditions and RequiredActa[nsof p ~

0 3.7. , " Fuel 03,

. Bui Air Cleanur S em FBACE)," for Two chonneb inerenAle. ne trai ade inoperable inoperabl.e act tior instrumentation.

0.8 Ew. %sc=T5340B$- (continued) f 3.3-60 Rev 1, 04/07/02 WOG STS

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS !

SECTION 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION GENERIC CHANGES C)

C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-135.

This change (identified by WOG-58 dated 8/96) is used to annota'e differences for NUREG LCOs 3.3.1, 3.3.2 and 3.3.9.

C, Not used.

C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-91.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-66. ITS LC0 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 Applicability. Table and associated Bases were revised to reference associated Applicabilities in the Tables since there are different Applicabilities for different functions. This is consistent with the format and style of other Section 3.3 LCOs.

Cs This chalige is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-80. This change revises the Reactor Coolant Flow-Low Single Loop and Two Loop Functions into a single function, The transm.tter and other loop constituents are common to both trip functions. With the channel inoperable above P-8. the potential exists for a sequential entry into Conditions which would allow a 22 hour2.546296e-4 days 0.00611 hours 3.637566e-5 weeks 8.371e-6 months Allowed Outage Time (A0T) when only a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months A0T was evaluated in WCAP-10271. The 22 hour2.546296e-4 days 0.00611 hours 3.637566e-5 weeks 8.371e-6 months allowance is also incor.sistent with the TOPS Guideline WOG-90-18. dated 11/1/90.

This change is modified due to the incorporation of TSTF-135.

Tnis change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-31. This C.

change revises the Applicability section format, to place semicolons between Modes and specified conditions and to use "and"s between Applicability specified conditions.

l C, Not used.

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3 2 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS i SECTION 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION Po Thc NUREG as modified by TSTF-135 (WOG-58 dated 8/96) Table 3.3.1-1.

Function 4. is revised to include Applicability for the IRMS above the P-6 interlock setpoint. This is consistent with the ITS Required Actions for inoperable IRMs. i .e. . Condition F. which require the unit power to be reduced to below the P-6 interlock setpoint or increased above the P-10 interlock setpoint. Either of these Required Actions are intended to remove the unit from the Applicable Conditions for IRMs.

CTS Table 3.3-1. Functional Unit 5 identifies the Applicable Modes for the Intermediate Range. Neutron Flux as Mode 1 below the P-10 interlock setpoint and all of Mode 2. However, the Action for inoperable channels in Mode 2 below the P-6 interlock setpoint is only to restore prior to thermal power exceeding the P-6 interlock setpoint. Therefore, unlimited continued operation below the P-6 interlock setpoint is i allowed with no intermediate range monitors (IRMs) operable.

Functionally. the CTS and ITS presentations are equivalent for the IRM requirements (see also DOC A10).

Pg The NUREG as modified by TSTF-135 (WOG-58 dated 8/96) Table 3.3.1-1 Function 7. and the associated Bases are revised to reflect plant design. The "Switchover to Containment Sum)" function does not provide a completely automatic switchover from the RWST to the containment sump.

As indicated in UFSAR Table 6.3-7. only the opening of the containmenc sump suction isolation valves is automatic. Several additional aanual operator actions are also required to complete the switchover. This is also consistent with CTS Tcble 3.3-3. Functional Unit 7.

Pu Condition M of LC0 3.3.1 has been revised from 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months to reduce power to < P-8. This is consistent with CTS Table 3.3-1 Action 6.

l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3 12 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION P,2 ITS LC0 3.3.8 ACTIONS Table Note was modified to read. "LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable." In the evant one channel of the FHB Ventilation Actuation Instrumentation becomes inoperable and cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 7 days one train can be placed in emergency MODE (Required Action B.1). or suspend movement of irradiated fuel. If Required Action B.1 is entered. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable since the FHB Ventilation System would be operating and performing its intended safety function.

If irradiated fuel movement was suspended (Required Action B.2).

LC0 3.0.3 should not be applicable. LC0 3.0.3 1s not applicable while in MODE.5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly (novement can occur in MODE 1, 2. 3 or 4. toe ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 1s not apolicable. If moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action.

If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operation. Therefore, in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.

Pu NUREG-143) as modified by TSTF-135 (WOG-58 dated 8/96) Condition F and Condition u of LCO 3.3.1 has been revised. The Completion Time "Immediatel/ upon discovery. ." has been revised to "Immediately from discovery. " consistent with other Completion Times in the LCO.

Pg The word "if" is added to LCO 3.3.5 Required Action C.1 for consistency with changes made in other sections of the ITS (e.g. , Section 3.7).

i l

l l

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3 12a 12/17/97 Revision C L

Fa6\laSlaMouS t k f9AGS Actuation Instrumentation :

8 3.3.3 BASES i 4 ,

, ACTIONS .

specification. If the Trip Setpoint is-less conservative i . (cor,tinued) than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure,- '

the channel must be declared inoperable immediately and the. g

appropriate Condition entered. ' m aar sa- m / . ,

u.o s.o.s. * %

A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the t>E

~

application e omp etion T me rules. The Condrfions of t11s Specificatio be entered independe'ntly for each

-O Function listed in Table . 1-h in the accompanying LCO.

t.V The Completion Time (s)..of thi Fnopocable channel (s)/ train (s) of a function,wy4-be tracked separately for,.gach Function rom the time the Condition was enteriid i

1

}I fu.1 i

j /Cencitier a

ppli:: t th: ::te::::: 1 ;i: tr:t- f;ncti:n f the Sc!id St!!e D etectier Sy:te- (!!PS), the -idi2+'sr

-ca4te #"act4 ear. !=d the ="21 #"nctim / Condition A

! applies to the failure of a single irt"' tie- 'e;ic tr 9 ,

F . radiatir9 nonitor chann ---. - . 2 If one ygg w(4.+IC j [ y g ; gy gt g channei WW95mperable, i s ino$ a period . -- of---- . is 7 days i I {y+wy

L w.ga. 3,$,,,

allowed to restore it to OPERABLE status. IIf the train /

t

y Ucannot De restored to OPERABLE status, one I"AC.i. train must '

D eJesed 4- :::r:ti:n. -This acco.nplishes the actuation (w$4.m+<Mpas vmpesq tinstrumentation function and pl wes the unit in a i f t i

hued la on'* G \gonservative mode of ooeration.i The 7 day Completion Time twd b.corkk fis the same as is allowed if one train of the mechanical

! lportion of the system is inoperable. The basis for this ef b. .') ). er.J h time is the same as that provided in LCO 2.7.13.

an CPt t.Astsemny*ey pa a r wec e ,- j '

~g I

Id M h A"d M.a e' ad"*U 1

b el.K.. % e .I Co.d h A is B.ld_ B. _.I Bl.3 m a-J 8.2 )3 , (ra ~ 4. .-

i Condition B applies ekkhe failure of two <N 449M 4em-fee.lradiation monitorQpe-tw a;;a e i '

' cn:n.:::. :: 9:; :r:: "::::n :: :: p:::: en: FEACS trii-o 4-rpr :*4:n ' : dint:!y. "i: :::::;li;h:: the ::te:ti:n Wa 5:tr ::nt: tier ft;;ti:n th:t-mer h:m been" lost and-places.

i the "-it 4- a cerre-"sti"e c2 ef eper-aticn. Th:

. appli::bl: C::diti:n; :ad " quir:d Actiea; f LCO :.7 !1

-"st :!:: 5: ::t:r:d f:r the I"AC trein inede lu m ..J,le by l the i n:per:b!: ::te:ti:n in:tre:.:ent:ti:n.Wis e61Urrs-H

r

prict: l'rit: tr; pl ::d :n tr:in in:p:r:bility ::

di::::::d in th: h::: f:r LCO :.7.:1.

i-(continued) l WOG STS B 3.3-171 Rev 1, 04/07/95

. . --- _- . . a_- . .- . . . - . -.

BASES INSERT (S)

SECTI0l 3.3 Bases 3.3.8 l INSERT B 3.3171A (P3 )

LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated i fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO-3.0.3 1s not applicable. If moving irradisted fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore. in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemolies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. .

1 4

12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.3 -INSTRUMENTATION GENERIC CHANGES (C) 4

. C, These changes are consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by TSTF-135.

This change (identified by w0G-58 dated 8/96) is used to annotare differences for NUREG LCOs 3.3.1. 3.3.2 and 3.3.9.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modif!ed by TSTF-19.

C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-91.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-66, ITS LC0 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 Applicability. Table and associated Bases were revised to reference associated Applicabilities in the Tables since there are different Applicabilities for different functions. This is consistent with the format and style of other Section 3.3 LCOs.

Cs This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-80. This change revises the Reactor Coolant Flow-Low Single Loop and Two Loop Functions into a single function. Tha transmitter and other loop constituents are common to both trip functions. With the channel inoperable above P-8. the potential exists for a sequential entry into Conditions which would allow a 22 hour2.546296e-4 days 0.00611 hours 3.637566e-5 weeks 8.371e-6 months Allowed Outage Time (A0T) when only a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months A0T was evaluated in WCAP-10271. The 22 hour2.546296e-4 days 0.00611 hours 3.637566e-5 weeks 8.371e-6 months allowance is also inconsistent with the TOPS Guideline WOG-90-18. dated 11/1/90.

This change is modified due to the incorporation of TSTF-135.

C, This change to reference 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii), is consistent with M'.JREG-1431. as modified by an editorial change submitted to and approved by the NRC.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-111.

l C, Not used.

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3-2 12/17/97 Revision C

l 1

l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES '

SECTION 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION P n The ITS Bases for LCO 3.3.2 are revised to be consistent with the Bases discussions in LCO 3.3.1 wnich contain similar provisions. LCO 3,3.1 Conditions D. F. I. J. K. L. O. and 0 contain these same type Notes, but include this additional Bases information for clarification. In some cases. the same channels are used for different functions of Specifications 3.3.1 and 3.3.2.

P3 The Applicability for Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation and Steam Generator Water Level-High High Functdon is Modes 1. 2 and 3 except when all associated valves are closed. If the Required Actions and associated Completion Times of the NUREG LCO 3.3.2 Condition R are not met. Condition T requires only to be in Mode 3, which does not cause the unit to exit the Applicability of the instrumentation requirements.

NUREG Conditions F and J provide the appropriate Required Actions for the inoperability and exiting tne ApplicaD111ty if the Required Actions are not met. Therefore the ITS reflects Condition F for the Steam Generator Water Level-Hign High Function.

P,3 ITS LC0 3.3.2 Condition F and associated Bases has been revised to incorporate CTS LC0 3.3.2, Table 3.3-3 Function 6.f. The NUREG as modified by TSTF-135 (WOG-58 dated 8/96) Condition F was used instead of Condition H since the CTS allows the channel to be placed in trip.

SR 3.3.2.3 was added consiste.it with CTS requirements. All subsequent SRs were ,enumbered.

P3 The Bases for LC0 3.3.8 ACTIONS Table Note have been modified to read.

"LCO 3.0.3 1s not applicable." In the event one channel of the FHB Ventilation Actuation Instrumentation becomes inoperable and cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 7 days. one train can be placed in emergency MODE (Required Action B.1), or suspend movement of irradiated fuel. If Required Action B.1 1s entered. LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable since the FHB Ventilation System would be operating and performing its intended safety function.

If irradiated fuel movement was suspended (Required Action B.2).

LCO 3.0.3 should not be applicable. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not soecify any action.

If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operation. Therefore. in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3 8 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR OIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION P n LCO 3.3.7 Bases are revised to reflect the station control room ventilation design. The design includes a makeup subsystem with filtration and a recirculation subsystem with filtration. The recirculation subsystem includes a supply fan and a return fan.

P3 ITS LCO 3.3.3 Applicability. Conditions. Table 3.3.3-1, and associated Bases were revised to reflect appropriate PAM instrumentation functions, and the associated Conditions based on the number of required channels and the limited required Applicability for the Hydrogen Monitor function consistent with plant specific Regulatory Guide 1.97. Type A. Category I instruments.

P3 NUREG Table 3.3.4-1, associated references. and associated Bases were revised to relocate the table to the Bases. Remote Shutdown System instrumentation functions are not necessary to be denoted in the LCO.

This chang 2 15 consistent with the provisions of Generic Letter 91-08 for removal of lists and has been apprnved f' ' Clinton Power Station on that basis. In addition, this change has been approved for several conversions to ITS.

d 4

't l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.3 8a 12/17/97 Revision C

- . - - - - - .. .- .-. - -- _ ~ _ - .

-1 l

FHB' Ventilation System !

B 3.7.13

3ASES (continued)

ACTIONS The Actions Table is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply. If moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel handling building while in MODE 5 or

6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action, If moving l

irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2. 3. or 4. the i fuel movement is independent of reactor operation.

Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient to require a reactor shutdown.

eL1 With one FHB Ventilation System train inoperabic, action must be tcken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days.

During this 3er10d. the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform t1e FHB Ventilation System function. The 7 day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring

. requiring the inoperable FHB Ventilation System train, and the remaining FHB Ventilation System train providing the required protection.

B.1 1. B.1. 2. B. 2.1. B 2.2. and 8. 2 3 When Required Action A.1 cannot be completed within the required Completion Time. the OPERABLE FHB Ventilation System train must be placed in the emergency mode or fuel movement suspended. This action ensures that the remaining train is OPERABLE. that no undetected failures preventing i system operation will occur, and that any active failure will be readily detected. Required Action B.1.2 requires the FHB Ventilation System train placed in operation be capable of being powered by an OPERABLE emergency power source. This action assures availability of electric power in the unlikely event of a loss of offsite power. This power source can be from Unit 1 or Unit 2. via OPERA 3LE crosstie breakers.

If the system is not placed in the emergency mode. Action B.2.1 requires suspension of fuel movement in the fuel handling building, which precludes a fuel handling accident in the fuel handling building. This does not preclude the movement of fuel assemblies to a safe position.

(continued)

BYRON UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.7-89 12/17/97 Revision C

FHB Ventilation System B 3.7.13 BASES (continued) 3 ACTIONS The Actions Table is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel handling building while in MODE 5 or

6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action, if moving l

irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2. 3. or 4. '.he fuel movement.is independent of reactor operation.

Therefore inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel usemblies is no+ sufficient to require a reactor shutdown.

e._1 With one FHB Ventilation System train inoperable. action must be taken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days.

During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the FHB /ent11ation System function. The 7 day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable FHB Ventilation System train, and the remaining FHB Ventilation System train providing the required protection.

, B.1.1. B.1.2. B.2.1. B.2.2. and B.2.3 When Recuired Action A.1 cannot be completed within the requirec Completion Time the OPERABLE FHB Ventilation i System train must be placed in the emergency mode or fuel movement suspended. This actior ensures that the remaining train is OPERABLE. that no undetected failures preventing system operation will occur, and that any active failure w11' be readily detected, Required Action B.1.2 requires the FHB Ventilation System train placed in operation be capable of being powered by an OPERABLE emergency power source. This act'.on assures availability of electric power in the unlikely event of a loss of offsite power This poaer source can be from Unit 1 or Unit 2. via OPERABLE crosstie breakers.

If the system is not placed in the emergency mode, Action B.2.1 requires suspension of fuei movement in the fue?

-handling building, which precludes a fuel handling accident in the fuel handling building. This does not preclude the movement of fuel assemblies to a safe position.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD'- UNITS 1 & 2 ~B 3.7-80 12/17/97 Revision C

~

(fM6 Vea61dm6#%) ]

3.7;13 !

3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.13 M,M,195

......r b*'NN u . . ,3 n . .

MW 6!Md,3fft'tMRf9) Y84l'h $#N

.....~r om .m es_y j

LCO 3.7.13 Two trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: 1 I"00ET !. 2. 2. 1-1 ' ' I OS

' During movement of irradiaftd fuel assemblies in the fuel buildingx ,

, @ser+ 3 7 3o A7 t ACTIONS rJu.si3-m, A (@ f

. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One fdWrE train A.1 Restore FBAkr train 7 days inoperable. to OPERABLE status.

N /

B. ired Action B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

, and a ated Completion of AND Condition A not m in MODE 1, 2, 3, Be in M0 [ 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months or 4.

2 Two FBACS t inoper in MODE 1

, or 4. .

g winho )

6 h. Required Actto: 3.nd k. l. I P1 ace OP BLE M Immediately associated Congletion train in,_per: tion.

Time [:f C: ditie "- @Ser+ 3.7-3cg g

@ not met,lduring fuel a ent of diated s in the pn

. 2. I Suspend movement of Immediately f uilding. irradiated fuel '

assemblies in the fuel building.

%d r.w (Inter 4 3. ') = ? ' WB .'D _

CnQd -

f,l (continued)

WOG 'iTS 3.7-30 Rev 1, 04/07/95

= - . __ - . .. .

l LC0 INSERT (S) !

SECTION 3.7 LCO 3.7.13 I INSERT 3.7 30A (P3 )

1 APPLICABILITY: ... l During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the containment with the equipment hatch not intact: and l During CORE ALTERATIONS with the equipment hatch not intact.

l INSERT 3.7 30B (P3 )

ACTIONS

- ------------NOTE - - - -- --

LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable.

INSERT 3.7 30C (P3 )

CONDITION RE0VIpr0 ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. . B.1.1 ,,

AND B.1.2 Verify OPERABLE FHB Immediately Ventilation System train is capable of being sowered by an OPERAB_E emergency power source.

I DE B.2.1 ..

12/17/97 Revision C

b JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LC05 SECTION 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS GENERIC CHANGES (C)

Ci Not used.

I Cr Not used.

C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-83.

Deviations from WOG-83 are individually annotated with "B" designators and are individually justified. WOG-83 revis'3 the MSSV Required Actions for plant licensed with positive MTC. The NUREG Required Action to reduce power when a MSSV is imperable 1s not sufficient for units 1tcensed with positive MTC. An additional Required Action to reduce tne Neutron Flux trip setpoint must be included to prevent primary and secondary overpressurization. These recommendations are consistent with Westinghouse Nuclear Safety Advisory Letter 94-001, dated January 20.

1994. This letter advises licensees of the need for Neutron Flux trip setpoint reductions for plants with positive MTC. From an initial condition of partial power operation with inoperable MSSVs. the reactor trips credited in the analysis to mitigate the loss of load / turbine trip transient (high pressurizer pressure, or overtemperature delta T) may not act quickly enough to prevent overpressurization (> 110% of design) of the secondary system due tc the normal operation of the pressurizer pressure control system and the core thermal margins existing at lower power levels. The Neutron Flux trip setpoint i eduction ensures early mitigation of the transient and is implicitly credited in the applicable safety analysis.

C. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-101.

Cs Not used.

C.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-102. The changes proposed to LCO 3.7.3 Conditions B and C were not adopted because of plant specific considerations See P3 .

C, This change 15 coils 1 stent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-100.

Consistent with plant nomenclature. ADV is revised to SG PORV.

BYRO F WWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,7 4 11/7/97 Revision C

l JUSTIFICATION FOR O!FFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS Pu 11S LCO 3.7.13 ACTIONS Table Note was modified to read. "LCO 3.0.31s not applicable." In the event one train of FHB Ventilation System becomes inoperable and cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 7 days, one train can be placed in emergency MODE (Required Action B.I.1), or suspend movement of irradiated fuel, if Required Action B.1.1 is entered. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable since the FHB Ventilation System would be operating and performing its intended safety !

function.

If 1 radiated fuel movement was suspended (Required Action B.2.1).

LCO 3.0.3 shou'd not be applicable. LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have bean modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action.

If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 1. the fuel movement is independent oi reactor operation. Therefore. in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.7 11b 11/10/97 Revision C

s Bn3. 7.1.3 M

(FRG 4H kh 6yd, - ,

BASES (continued) ..

APPLICABILITY 'IPM00E 1. 2, 3, or 4, the feats is requireo to ce OP P' tf to providPf4 ion product removal associate -

CS leaks due to a L n ' leakage from " nment and H annulus.

In MODE 5 '," e FBACS is not required to PABLE six e ECCS is not recuired to be OPEPABLE.

During movement f irradiated fuel in the fuel handling aces the fC-A is required to be OPERABLE to alleviate the

' gly,a7 conse,quences of a fuel handling accident.

(Knu< t A 3 7 s yK Q ,

CT m " 07-6t@ g g .

With one N train inoperable, action must be taken to restore OPEFABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPEPABLE train is adequate to perform the

f6AC+ function. The 7 day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable f9AE+~

train, and the remaining 19AM train providing the required prot 2ction. \

M and B.2 In H0 , or 4, when Required Action A annot be completed within associated Complet ime, or when erable, unit must be placed in k4 both FBACS trains are a MODE in which the LCD do apply. To achieve this status, the unit must aced in E 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months , and in MODE 5 wi 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months . The Com ion Times are reasonable ed on operating experience, to ch the requi nit conditions from full power condition., an rly manner and without challenging unit systems.

s t ii n.i.t o.:.i 0.) 2_o s c.a.3

, g ; ma e 7-When Required Action A.1 cannot be completed within the required Completion Time, durir,g m v:::r,t of irr:di;ted feel neen+1iae 4" * = '"al E"41dian-the OPERABLE M AC# train

)

must be :t:rted imediately or fuel movement suspended.

This action" ensures that the remaining train is OPEPABLE, plauw W %e. onenje.cy 4 (continued)

WOG STS B 3.7-68 Rev 1, 04/07/95

j f BASES INSERT (S) l SECTION 3.7 Bases 3.7.13 INSERT B 3.7 68A (P3 )

During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies or CORE ALTERATION 3 in the !

1 containment with the conta1nment equipment hatch not intact. the FHB Ventilation System is required to be OPERABLE to mitigate the consequences of an accident inside containment. The equipment hatch is considered not intact if both personnel air lock doors are open or the hatch is not held in place with at least 4 bolts.

l INSERT B 3.7 68B (Pu ) 1 The Actions Table is modified by a Note indicating that LC0 3.0.3 does not a) ply, if moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel handling building w111e in MODE 5 or 5. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving l irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3 or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operation. Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient to require a reactor shutdown.

O d

12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUkEG 1C %&

SECTION 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS GENERIC CHANGES (C)

C3 Not used.

C, WOG-83 revises the MSSV Required Actions for piaiit i1 censed with positive MTC. The NUREG Required Action to reduce acwer when a MSSV is inoperable is not sufficient for units licensed wit 1 positive MTC. An addition Required Act1on to reduce the Neutron Flux trip setpoint must be included to prevent primary and secondary overpressurization. These recommendations are consistent with Westinghouse luclear Safety Advisory Letter 94-001, dated January 20. 1994. This letter advises licensees of the need for Neutron Flux trip setpoint reductions for plants with positive MTC. From an initial condition of partial power operation with inoperable MSSVs. the reactor trips credited in the ana?ysis to mitigate the loss of load / turbine trip transient (high pressurizer pressure, or overtemperature delta T) ray not act quickly enough to prevent overpressur12ation (> 110% of design) of the secondary system due to the normal operation of the pressurizer pressure control system and the core thermal margins ex1 sting at lower power levels. The Neutron Flux trip setpoint reduction ensures early mitigation of the transient and is implicitly credited in tne applicable safety analysis. The LC0 Bases for LC0 3.7.1 are editorially enhanced. Deviations from WOG-83 are individually annotated with B design 6 tors and are individually justified.

lC 3 Not used.

C, TSTF-44. Revision 1 added a note to LC0 3.6.3 excluding the MSSVs.

MSIVs. FW Isolation Valves, and SG PORVs from LCO 3.6.3 for Modes 1. 2 and 3. The premise for this change was that the " valve" Specifications (LCOs 3.7.3 and 3.7.4) would cover the containment isolation valve function also. As described in Sect 1on 3.6 LC0 JF0 B,. appropriate Bases revisions have been included in the Bases for LCOs 3.7.3 and 3.7.4 to indicate that they also function as containment isolation valves and which specifications cover which functions when.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-101.

C, Not used.

C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by TSTF-102.

SYRON/BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.7 5 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECT DN 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS P3 ITS Baus for LC0 3.7.5 Action 8.1 discussion of the completion time cap is deleted. consistent witn the deletion of tne bracketed information in LC0 3.7.5 (NUREG-1431. LC0 3.7.5 Condition A).

P u

The Bases for LCO 3.7.5 Recu1 red Action C.1 Note is modified to provide direction with respect to wnether or not the stated Complet$on Times of the suspended Required Actions continues or should also'be suspended, this facilitates appropriate 1mplementation of the Required Action Intent.

Pu Bases 3.7.6 Background is revised to reflect the Byron /Braldwood CST design. The CST 1s nonsafety grade and Essential Service Water provides a backup to the CST.

Pu The Bases for LCO 3.7.13 ACTIONS Table Note have been modified to read.

"LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable." In the event one train of FHB Ventilation System becomes inoperable and cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 7 days, one train can be placed in emergency MODE (Required Action B.1.1), or suspend movement of irradiated fuel. If Required Action B.1.1 1s entered. LCO 3.0.3 1s not applicable since the FHB Ventilation System would be operating and performing its intended safety function.

If irradiated fuel movement was suspended (Required Action B.2).

LCO 3.0.3 should not be applicable. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 1s not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action.

If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operation. Therefore, in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.

Pu The NUREG SR 3.7.6.1 Bases discussion includes a parenthetical statement indicating that the requirea volume may be stated as a function of RCS or a single value. Byron and Braidwood CTS requirements are a single value. Therefore, the parenthetical statement is deleted.

BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.7 8 12/17/97 Revision C

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO WUREG 1431 BASES '

SECTION 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS P3 The NUREG LCO and associated Bases are modified to reflect the Byron and Braldwood Component Cooling Water (CC) CTS, design, and associatea analysis assumptions. The design employs 5 pumps. and three heat exchangers (one common neat exchanger). The NUREG was developec based on a stand-alone two train CC system. The Operability of the CC system

! 15 broken into pump requirements and flow path requirements as defined in the LC0 section of the Bases. This dictates that the NUREG Actions be revised to correspond to the Operability definition. In addition, the NUREG Note to Reau1 red Action A.1 1s moved such that the note applies to all the provided actions. CTS requirements associated with Essential Service Water availability to the CC heat exchangers are included in ITS SR 3.7.7.2.

P3 NUREG SR 3.7.7.2 to verity actuation of automat 1c valves is deleted. As such, the corresponding Bases are deleted. The CC system does nct include any automatic valves that must actuate for CC to perform its safety functicn. NUREG-1431 SR 3.7.7.1 Bases are modified accordingly.

Pg The Bases for SR 3.7.2.1 are revised to delete the statements about.

M$lys being tested at power, since even a partial stroke. The MSIVs do have required partial stroke requirements at power.

l l

l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.7 8a 12/17/97 Revision C

AC Sources -Operat1n 3.8.

SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.4 Verify each day tank contains a 450 gal of 31 days fuel oil.

SR 3.8.1.5 Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days each day tank.

SR 3.8.1.6 Verify the fuel oil transfer system 31 days operates to automat 1cally transfer fuel oil from storage tank (s) to the day tank.

SR 3.8.1.7 Verify each DG starts from normal standby 184 days condition and achieves in s 10 seconds, voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V. and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61,2 Hz.

SR 3.8.1.8 Verify manual transfer c' AC power sources 18 months from the required normal qualified circuit (s) to the reserve required qualifled circuit (5).

(continued) i 8YRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-6 12/17/97 Revision C l

l L -

AC Sources-Operating i 3.8.1 i

SURVE!LLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY

SR 3.8.1.9 -------------------NOTE--------------------

This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

Verify each DG rejects a load greater than 18 months or equal to its associated single largest post-accident load, and:

, a. Following load rejection, the i frequency is 5 64.5 Hz:

b. Followina load rejection. the steady state voltage is maintained a 3950 V and s 4580 V: and i

c. Following load rejection, the steady state frequency is maintained a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.

SR 3.8.1.10 -------------------NOTES-------------------

1. Momentary transients above the voltage limit do not invalidate this test.

4 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

Verify each DG does not trip and voltage is 18 months maintained s 4784 V during and following a load rejection of a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.

l (continued) 8YRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-7 12/17/97 Revision C l

AC Sources-Operatino 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.12 Verify on an actual or simulated Engineered 18 months Safety Feature (ESF) actuation signal each DG auto-starts and:

a. In s 10 seconds achieves voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V:

b. In s 10 seconds achieves frequency

a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz: and

c. Operates for n 5 minutes.

SR 3.8.1.13 Verify each DG's automatic trips are 18 months

bypassed on actual or simulated loss of voltage signal on the emergency bus concurrent with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal except

a. Engine overspeed; and

b. Generator differential current.

SR 3.8.1.14 ----------------- N OT E S ---------------

1. Momentary transients outside the load range do not invalidate this test.

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

Verify each DG operates for a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months s: 18 months

~

a. For a 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded a 5775 kW and s 6050 kW: and

b. For the remaining hours of the test loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-9 12/17/97 Revision C

AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.15 -------------------NOTE--------------------

l 1. This Surve111ance shall be performed within 5 minutes of shutting down the DG after the DG has operated = 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW or i until operating temperature has stabilized.

1 i

l 2. Momentary transients outside of load i range do not invalidate this test.

' 18 months Verify each DG starts and achieves in s 10 seconds voltage = 3950 V and s 4580 V.

and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.

9

. SR 3.8.1.16 -------------------NOTE--------------------

- This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3. or 4.

J l Verify each DG: 18 months

a. Synchronizes with offsite power source while loaded with emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power;

b. Transfers loads to offs 1te power source: and

c. Returns to ready-to-load operation.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-10 12/17/97 Revision C 1

DC Sources -Operating 3.8.4 SURVEllt.ANCE REOUIREMENTS SURVE!LLANCE FREQUENCY j SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is a 126 V 7 days on float charge. l 4

SR 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery 92 days terminals and connectors.

Verify battery connection resistance is s 1.5E-4 ohm for Inter-cell connections, s 1.5E 4 ohm for inter-rack connections.

s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections.

and s 1.5E-4 chm for term 1nal connections.

SR 3.8.4.3 Verify battery cells, cell plates, and 18 months racks show no visual indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could

! degrade battery performance.

SR 3.8.4.4 Remove visible terminal corrosion verify 18 months battery cell to cell and terminal

! connections are clean and tight, and are coated with anti-corrosion material.

SR 3.8.4.5 Verify battery connection resistance is 18 months s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections, s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections.

5 1.5E-4 chm for inter-tier connections, and s 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-21 12/17/97 Revision C

i DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 4

SURVElLLANCE FREQUENCY i

j SR 3.8.4.6 Verify each battery charger supplies a load 18 months j 1 equal to the manufacturer's rating for r i a 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months . j i

1-l SR 3.8.4.7 -------------------NOTES-------------------

1. The performance discharge test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of :

the service test in SR 3.8.4.7. ,

2

2. This Surveillance shall not be ,

performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.

l 3

Verify battery capacity is adequa e to

- supply. and maintain OPERABLE status, the 18 months 4

required emergency loads for the design !

duty cycle when subjected to a battery

service test.

i (continued) 1

! t 4

l 1

i i

I r

I-(

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-22 12/17/97 Revision C

___ _ _.._._..._ _ _ _ __ _ .~ _..- _ ____ __._.. _ _ . _ . . . _ _ _ . . . - - . _ . _ _ . , - _ . - _ . . -

l DC Sources-Operating ,

3.8.4 l 1

SURVEllLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) ;

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l l SR 3.8.4.8 --------------------

NOTE-------------------

This Surveillance shall not be performed in

.; MODE 1. 2. 3, or 4.

Verify battery capacity is = 80% of the 60 months manufacturer's rating when subjected to a

performance discharge test. 6!iD l 12 months when battery shows degradation or has reached 85%

of the expected life with capacity < 1@%

of manufacturer's

rating 6!iQ 24 months when battery has reached 85% of the expected life with capacity a 100%

4 of

, manufacturer's rating i

BYRON.- UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-22a 12/17/97 Revision C

, , , , ....m._, ,,,,,,m.- _.,-....-,.,,m.,,,,_,,. ,m. ...,r.--, , . _ _ _ _ , , , _ , _- . _ . , , _ . . , _ , - , . _ , . - .~-,, - _

I i ',

DC $ources-Shutdown 1

3.8.5 j i ACTIONS ;

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME 4

A, (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE 1mmediately i

! ALTERATIONS. l I eSQ <

1 !

l A.2.2 Suspend movement of immediately -

irradiated fuel assemblies.

l

. OEQ A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately

! suspend operations involving positive 4 reactivity additions. '

ESQ A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately 4 restore required DC

electrical power subsystems tn OPERABLE status.

AND A.2.5 Declare affected Low immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable. ,

(continued)

BYRON --UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-24 12/17/97 Revision C

i DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 i ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME d

i B. One DC electrical B.1 ---------NOTE--------

) power division Only required when crosstied to opposite unit has an '

opposite-unit DC inoperable battery.

electrical power subsystem with an inoperable source. Verify opposite-unit Once per '

J while opposite unit is DC bus load is 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months i in MODE 5. 6. or s 63 amps.

defueled.

b.l0 B.2 Open at least one 7 days crosstie breaker between the crosstied divisions.

1 l

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.5.1 ------------------ N OT E -- -- --------------

Thefollow1n!R3.8.4.6.SR3.8.4.7,andSRs performed: are not required to be SR 3.8.4.8.

For DC sources required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3,8.4.1 SR 3.8.4,5 SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.3 SR 3.8.4.7 SR 3.8.4.4 SR 3.8.4.8.

i l

l l

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-25 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters ,

3.8.6 .

i ACTIONS CONDITION RE0V! RED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I

B. Required Act1on and B.1 Declare associated immediately t associated Completion battery inoperable.

. Time of Condition A not met.

l @

One or more batter 1es with average electrolyte temperature of the representative cells

< 60'f.

M One or more batteries with one or more

. battery cell

parameters not within

, Category C values.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3,8.6.1 Verify battery cell parameters meet 31 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits.

l (continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-27 12/17/97 Revision C

I Battery Cell Parameters j 3,8.6 I

SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l

l SR 3.8.6.2 Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits, I 5 l Once within 7 days after a '

battery discharge

< 110 V i

Once within f 7 days after a battery overcharge

> 145 V SR 3.8.6.3 Verifv average electrolyte temperature of 92 days repr entative cells is > 60*F.

1 i

i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-28 12/17/97 Revision C

. , - - - . _......m,- .,.. - - , . . - -. _r.,. _- . - _ . - , . _

-_ _ . _ _ . - _ _ _ - _ - _ _ . - ~ - _ . _- - . .- .--

! Battery Cell Pa.ameters 3.8.6

, 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l 3.8.6 B6ttery Cell Parameters J

LCO 3.8.6 Battery cell parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within 116.;13 v' Table 3.8.6-1.

J APPLICABILITY: WhenassociatedDCelectricalpowersubsystemsarerequired to be OPERABLE.

ACTIONS

_________________________________ ---NOTE------------------------------------<

Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. .

i CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cell I hour with one or more electrolyte level and 4

battery cell float voltage meet parameters not within Table 3.8.6-1 Category A or B Category C limits, j limits.

6!fD A.2 Verify battery cell 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 ANQ j Category C limits.

Once per 7 days thereafter allD A.3 Restore battery cell 31 days parameters to Category A and B limits of Table 3.8.6-1.

l (continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-26 -12/17/97 Revision C

Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 i

SjJRVEILLANCEREQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8,6.2 Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits, e!iD Once within 7 days after a battery discharge

< 110 V 8!D Once within -

7 days after a battery overcharge I > 145 V SR 3.8-6.3. Verify average electrolyte temperature of 92 days d

representative cells is a 60'F.

l 4

4 f

l l

l 1

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-28 12/17/97 Revision C

. . . _ . _ . . _ _ = . . _ . , _ _ - - . . - . .

l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1)

Battery Cell Parameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C:

LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY 8: ALLOWABLE LIMITS DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark. indication mark, plates, and not and s 4 inch and s k inch overflowing above maximum above maximum leve leve mark laiindication mark}a>jndication Float Voltage = 2.13 V = 2.13 V(b) > 2.07 V Speci fic = 1.200 a 1.195 Not more than Gravity (c)(d) 0.020 below

A average of all connected cells Average of all connected cells AND

> 1,205 Average of all connected cells

. a 1.195 j

(a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing.

(b) Corrected for average electrolyte temperature.

(c) Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level. Level correction is not required however, when battery charging is < 2 amps when on float charge.

(d) A battery charging current of < 2 amps when on float charge is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge, for a maximum of 7 days, When charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each

, connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the 7 day l

allowance.

l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-29 12/17/97 Revision C

. . ~ _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . . _ . _ _ ._ _._ _ _

! i i

i Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 !

t l

t 1

l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK i

k a

t BYRON - UNITS 1 &.2 3.8-30 12/17/97 Revision C

Inverters - Shutdown 3.8.8 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE 1mmediately ALTERATIONS.

b!!D A.2.2 Suspend movement of Ir.1 mediately irradiated fuel assemblies.

Y

, A.2.3 Initiate action to immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

bhD A.2.4 Initiate action to immediately 4

restore required inverters to OPERABLE status.

i bhD A.2.5 Declare affected Low immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable.

SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.8.1- Verify correct inverter voltage and breaker 7 days alignment to required AC instrument buses.

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-34 12/17/97 Revision C 1

Distr 1bution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 i ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE 1mmediately ALTERATIONS.

AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies.

NLQ A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

ASQ A.2.4 Initiate actions to immediately restore required AC.

DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystem (s) to OPERABLE status.

AND A.2.5 Declare associated immediately required residual helt removal train (s) inoperable and not in operation.

AND A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable, BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-40 12/17/97 Revision C

L 1

AC Sources -Operating ;

B 3.8.1 !

BASES SURVEILLANCE Where the SRs discussed herein specify voltage and frequency REQUIREMENTS tolerances. the following is applicable. The minimum steady ,

) (continued) state output voltage of 3950 V 1s 95% of the nominal 4160 V output voltage. This value allows for voltaga drop to the '

terminals of 4000 V motors whose minimum operating voltage is specified as 90% or 3600 V. It also allows for voltage drops to motors and other quipment down through the 120 V level where minimum operating voltage is also usually spec 1fied as 90% of name plate rating. The specified .

maximum steady state output voltage of 4580 V is equal to :

the maximum operating voltage specified for 4000 V motors.

It ensures that for a lightly loaded distribution system, the voltage at the terminals of 4000 V motors is no more than the maximum rated operating voltages The spec 1fied minimum and maximum frequencies of the DG are 58.8 Hz and 61.2 Ht. respectively. These values are equal to i 2% of the 60 Hz nominal frequency and are der 1ved from the :

recommendations given in Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3).

SR 3 8.1.1 This SR ensures proper circuit continuity for the offsite AC electrical power supply to the onsite distribution network and availability of offsite AC electrical power. The breaker alignment verifies that each breaker is in its correct position to ensure that distribution buses and loads are connected to their preferred power source, and that a)propriate independence of offsite circuits is maintained.

T1e 7 day Frequency is adequate since breaker position is not likely to change without the operator being aware of it and because its status is displayed in the control room.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 ~B 3.8-14 12/17/97 Revision'C

AC Sources-Operatina B3.8.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE $3 3 81.2 and SR 3 8.1 7 (continued) i REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.1.7 requires that, at a 184 day Frequency. the DG '

starts from normal standby conditions and achieves required i voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second

! start reautrement supports the assumptions of the design i basis LOCA analysis in the UFSAR. Chapter 15 (Ref. 5).

l The 10 second start requirement is not applicable to '

' SR 3.8.1.2 (see SR Note) when a mod, lied start procedure as i described above is used. If a modified start is not used.

- the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies.

Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start it is more restrictive than SR 3.8.1.2, and 1t may be performed in lieu of SR 3.8.1.2. This is also addressed in SR 3.8.1.2 Note.

The 31 day Frequency for SR 3.8,1.2 is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). The 184 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing consistent with Gencric Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7). These Frequencies provide adequate assurance of DG OPERABILITY. while minimizing degradation resulting from testing,

[

J 4

. (continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 ~B 3.8-16 12/17/97 Revision C

vv.,& -

-w.-,-w -- w,--- -m,c.-,ww- c-,--a -

-a,., ---s-y--- - ,r e w ..--v ---,--r,n.-- - - - - - - ,,-.avm- - ,

AC Sources-Operatin B 3.8.

BASES

. 1 SURVEILLANCE SR 38110 a REQUIREMENTS

~

(continued) This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a

, full load without overspeed tripaina or exceeding the predetermined voltage limits. Tae DG full load rejection may occur because of a system fault or inadvertent breaker

tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine / generator response under the simulated test conditions. This test

, simulates a full load rejection and ver1fies that the DG i

' does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection. While the DG is not expected to experience this translerit during an event and continues to be available, this respense ensures that the DG is not degraded for future application. Including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be corrected or 1solated.

2 The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendation

of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

l This SR has been modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients above the stated voltage lim 1t (e.g..

' following initiation of the Surveillance) do not invalidate i l this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical. performance of this SR could ,

i cause perturbation to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems.

SR 3 8.1.11 4 In general conformance with the recommendations of

Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), paragraph 2.2.4. this Surveillance demonstrates the as designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source.

This test verifies all actions encountered from the loss of offsite power. including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the DG. It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achieve the required voltage and frequency.within the specified time, and maintain a steady state voltage and frequency range.

(continued) 4 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3,8-21 12/17/97 Revision C'

AC Sources -Operat1no B3.8.1 ;

BASES ,

SbRVEILLANCE SR 3 8.1 14 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients (e.g.. due to changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical, performance of

- this Surveillance could cause perturbations to the electrical distr 1bution systems that could challenge

, continued steady state operation and, as a resuit, plant safety systems.

SR 3 8.1.15 .

l 7

This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can restart from a hot condition, such as subseauent to shutdown from normal Surveillances, and achieve the required voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second time is derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 18 month '

Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3).

! This SR is modified by two Notes, Note 1 ensures that the test 15 performed with the diesel suf ficiently hot. The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY, The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months at full load conditions prior to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Alternatively, the DG can be operated until operating temperatures have stabilized. Note 2 states that momentary transients (e.g., dua to changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-25 12/17/97 Revision C

1 DC Sources -Operating B 3.8.4 I

B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.B.4 DC Sources -Operating BASES BACKGROUND The station DC electrical power system provides the AC emergency powei system with control power. It also provides both motive and :ontrol power to selected safety related equipment and AC instrument bus power (via inverters). As required by 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17 (Ref.1). the DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy. and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The DC electrical power system also generally conforms to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and

EEE-308 (Ref. 3).

The 125 VDC electrical power system for each unit consists of two independent and redundant safety related Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems (Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22)). Each subsystem consists of one 125 VDC battery the associated battery charger for each battery, and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling.

During normal cr eration. the 125 VDC loads are powered from the battery chargers with the batteries floating on the l system. In cases of loss of normal power to tae battery charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the station battery.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-47 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating i

B 3.8.4 I BASES (continued)

SURVEILLANCE SR 3841 REQUIREMENTS Verifying battery terminal voltage while on float charge helps to ensure the effectiveness of the charging system and the ability of 1 batteries to perform their intended function. Float charge is the condition in which the charger is supplying the connected loads and the continuous charge required to overcome the internal losses of a battery and maintain the battery in a fully charged state. The voltage requirements are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery and are consistent with the initial voltages l assumed in the battery sizing calculations. The 7 day Frequency is cc:'sistent with manufacturer recommendations and IEEE-450 (Ref. 9).

SR 3.8 4 2 Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery cells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of each intercell, interrack, intertier, and terminal connecticn.

prevides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance.

The limits established for this SR must not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer.

Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertler (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance.

The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating. is 92 days. This Frequency is considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trends.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-55 12/17/97 Revision C

l DC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3843 REQUIREMENTS (continued) Visual inspection of the battery cells, cell plates, and battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance. The presence of physical damage or deterioration does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided an evaluation oetermines that the physical damage or deterioration does not affect the OPERABILITY of the battery (its ability to perform its design function).

SR 3 8 4 4 and SR 3 8.4.5 Visual inspection and resistance measurements of intercell'.

interrack. intertier, and terminal connections proviJe an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could indic;te degraced battery condition. The anticorrosion material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and to reduce terminal deterioration.

The visual inspection for corrosion is not intended to require removal of and inspection under each terminal connection. The removal of visible corrosion is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4.

The connection resistance limits for SR 3.8.4.5 shall not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer.

Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance.

(continued) l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-56 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources -Operating B 3.8.4 BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR ?846 REQUIREMENTS (continued) This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of supplying a load equal to the manufacturer's rating for

= 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months . According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10),

the battery charger output capacity is recuired to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady state '

loads and the charging demands to restore the battery from the design minimum charge state to the fully charged state, irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied.

The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger performance during these 18 month intervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 and 6 since it would require the DC electrical power subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test.

j SR 3 8.4 7 A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length sMuld correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4.

The Surveillance Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10) and Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref. 11), which state that the battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed 18 months.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-57 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 3847 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of a performance discharge test in lieu of a service test.

The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.

l SR 3 8.4 8 A battery performance discharge test is a test of constant j current capacity of a battery, normally done in the as found l

condition. after having been in service, to detect any change in the capacity determined by the acceptance test.

- The test is intended to determine overall battery degradation due to age and usage.

The acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent with I' E-450 (Ref. 9) and IEEE-485 (Ref. 5). These

referei..es recommend that the battery be replaced if its capacity is below 80% of the manufacturer's rating. A capacity of 80% shows that the battery rate of deterioration is increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the load requirements.

The Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally 60 months. If the battery shows degradation, or if the i battery has reached 85% of its expected life and capacity is

< 100% of the manufacturer's rating, the Surveillance Frequency is reduced to 12 months. However, if the battery shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected life. the Surveillanca Frequency is only reduced to 24 months for batteria that retain capacity a 100% of the manufacturer's rating. Degradation is indicated, according to IEEE-450 (Ref. 9), when the battery capacity drops by more than 10% relative to its capacity on the previous l performance test or when it is > 10% below the manufacturer's rating. These Frequencies are consistent with the recommendations in IEEE-450 (Ref. 9).

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-58 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating 8 3.8.4 BASES (continued) l SURVEILLANCE SR 1848 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS This SR is moalfied by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.

REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17.

2. Regulatory Guide 1.6. March 10. 1971.

3. IEEE-308-1978.

4. UFSAR. Section 8.3.2.1.

5. IEEE-485-1978. November 1979.

6. UFSAR Chapter 6.

7. UFSAR, Chapter 15.

8. Regulatory Guide 1.93. December 1974.

9. IEEE-450-1995.

10. Regulatory Guide 1.32. February 1977.

11, Regulatory Guide 1.129. December 1974.

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-58a 12/17/97 Revision C

l t DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 BASES ACTIONS B 1 and B ?

(continued)

Condition B addresses a shutdown unit's DC bus that is crosstled to the opposite unit's associated DC bus which has an inoperable sour.e. when the opposite unit is also shutdown. This provision is included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems.

With the opposite unit's battery inoperable. the unit-specific DC subsystem will be required to supply all loads on the opposite unit's crosstied bus should an event occur on the opposite unit. Therefore. Required Action B.1 specifies that the possible loading on the opposite unit's DC bus be verified to be s 63 amos once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months .

Limiting the load to 63 amps. ensures that the unit-specific DC suosystem will not be overloaded in the event of a concurrent event on the unit. Required Action B.1 is modified by a Note requiring Required Action B.1 when the opposite unit has an inoperable battery.

Required Action B.2 recuires the associated crosstie breaker to be opened within 7 cays ensures that measures are being taken to reestablish independence of the DC subsystems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3 8.5 1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.5.1 requires application of all Surve111ances l required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8.4.8. Therefore. see the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.4 for a discussion of each SR.

This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable during the performance of SRs. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met, but actual performance is not required.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-63 12/17/97 Revision C

Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l B 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters BASES BACKGROUND This LCO delineates the limits on electrolyte temperature.

j level, float voltage, and specific gravity for the DC power source batteries. A discussion of these batteries and their OPERABILITY requirements is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating " and LCO 3.8.5. "DC Sources - Shutdown. "

APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2). assume Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation, The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the )lant. This includes maintaining at least one division of JC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions, in the event of:

a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite l AC power; and

b. A worst case single failure.

l Battery cell parameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-65 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) l LCO Battery cell parameters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure availability of the required DC power to shut down the reactcr and maintain it in a safe condition after an.

anticipated operational occurre. ice or a postulated DBA.

Electrolyte limits are conservatively established, allowing continued DC electrical system function even with Category A and B limits not met.

l APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are required solely for the support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems.

Therefore, battery electrolyte is only required when the DC power source is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the Applicability discussion in Bases for LC0 3.8.4 and LCO 3.8.5.

ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note which indicates that separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition 3rovide appropriate com)ensatory actions for each affected

)attery. Complying wit 1 the Required Actions for one battery may allow for continued operation, and subsequent ,

battery parameters out of limits are governed by separate Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.

A.1. A 2. and A.3 With one or more cells in one or more batteries not within limits (i.e. Category A limits not met. Category B limits not met, or Category A and B limits not met) but within the Category C limits -saecified in Table 3.8.6-1 in the accompanying LCO. t1e battery is degraded but there is still sufficient capacity to perform the intended function.

Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B limits not met and operation-is permitted for a_ limited period.

(continued)

BYRON UNITS 1 & 2- -B 3.8-66 12/17/97 Revision C

j Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS A.l A 2. and A.3 (continued)

The pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage are required to be verified to meet the Category C limits within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months (Required Action A.1). This check will provide a quick indication of the status of the remainder of the battery cells. One hour provides time to inspect the electrolyte level and to confirm the float voltage of the pilot cell. One hour is considered a reasonable amount of time to perform the required verification.

Verification that the Category C limits are met (Required Action A.2) 3rovides assurance that during the time needed to restore t1e parameters to the Category A and B limits, the battery is still capable of performing its intended 1 function. A period of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months is allowed to complete'the initial verification because specific gravity measurements ,

must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into consideration both the time required to perform the required verification and the assurance that the )attery cell parameters are not severely degraded. this. time is considered reasonable. The verification is repeated at 7 day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A or B limits.

Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits. With the consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to

.: perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parcmeters to normal limits, this time is acceptable prior to declaring the battery

inoperable.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 .B 3.8-67 12/)7/97 Revision C

.- .. .-- - - ~ --- - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - . - --

l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS fL1 (continued)

With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters outsioe the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable.

, Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions, such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within i

the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60'F, are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3 8.6.1 RE011REMENTS This SR verifies that Cate consistent with IEEE-450 (gory A battery Ref. 3), cell parameters which recommends are regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, specific gravity, and electrolyte level of pilot cells.

SR 3 8 6.2 3

The quarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is consistent with IEEE-450-(Ref. 3). In addition, within

' 7 days of a battery discharge < 110 V or a battery overcharge > 145 V. the battery must be demonstrated to meet Category B limits. Transients, such as motor starting transients, which may momentarily cause battery voltage to

, drop to < 110 V. do not constitute a battery discharge provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre-transient values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends special

inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs t

as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge.

4 (continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8-68 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters 2

B 3.8.6 BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.3 REQUIREMENTS (continued) This Surveillance verification that the average temperature of representative cells is a 60*F. is consistent with a recommendation of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), that stotes that the 2

temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should be determined on a quarterly basis.

Lower than normal temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range.

This limit is based on manufacturer recommendations.

Table 3.8J-l This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage, and specific gravity for three different categories. The meaning of each category is discussed below.

Category A defines the normal ]arameter limit for each designated pilot cell in each 3attery. The cells selected as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage, and electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery.

The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the guidance in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), with the extra

^

4 inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge effects. In addition to this allowance, footnote (a) to Table 3.8.6-1 permits the electrolyte level to be above the specified maxi.1 level during equalizing charge 3rovided it is not overtiowing. These limits ensure that t1e plates suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months .

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8-69 12/17/97 Revision C

d j -Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3 8.6-1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS The Category A limit specified for float voltage is a 2.13 V per cell; This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of cells < 2.13 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells.

.~

The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for each pilot cell is a 1.200 (0.015 below the manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77 F (25 C).

e The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3 F (1.67 C) above 77 F (26*C). I point (0.001) is added to the reading:

1 point is subtracted for each 3*F below 77*F. The specific gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss of water due to electrolysis or evaporation.

Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out.

The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A and have been discussed above. Footnote (b) to Table-3.8.6-1 requires the float voltage correction for average electrolyte temperature. The Category B limit specified for specific gravity for each connected cell is a 1.195 (0.020 below the manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity) with the average of all connected cells > 1.205 (0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1.& 2 '8 3.8-70 12/17/97 Revision C

j Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BA$h 4

SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Category C defines -the limits for each connected cell.

These values. although reduced, provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable.

i The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltage is based on IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that a cell voltage of 2.07 V or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the l cell, indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement.

The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195 is based on manufacturer recommendations (0,020 below the manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery.

The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are applicable to Category A, B, and C specific gravity. Footnote (c) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires the aDove mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the exception that level correction is not required when battery charging current is

, < 2 amps on float charge. This current provides, in general, an indication of overall battery condition.

(continued)

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B__3.8-71 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters 1

B_3.8.6 _

BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) 1 REQUIREMENTS 4

Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced

! during the recharging process, delays of several days may 4

occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize, A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to s)ecific gravity measurement for determining the state of c1arge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref 3).

Footnote (d) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge current to be used as an alternate to specific gravity for up to 7 days following a battery recharge. Within 7 days, each connected cell's specific gravity must be measured to confirm the state of charge. Following a minor batterv recharge (such as equalizing charge that does not follow a deep discharge) specific gravity gradients are not significant, and confirming measurements may be made in less than 7 days.

t REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6,

2. UFSAR, Chapter 15.

3. IEEE-450-1995.

I BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8-72 12/17/97 Revision C

i Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8,6 BASES l

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-73 12/17/S7 Revision C

i Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-74 12/17/97 Revision C

i Battery Cell Parameters i

B 3. 8 . 6--

1 BASES i

I j- l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-75 12/17/97 Revision C

._. . _ _ . __ _ _ . ~ - - _ . . _ _ . . ___ __

AC Sources -Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.4 Verify each day tank centains = 450 gal of 31 days fuel oil.

SR 3.8.1.5 Caeck for and remove accumulated water trom 31 days each day tank.

SR 3.8.1.6 Verify the fuel oil transfer system 31 days operates to automatically transfer fuel oil from storage tanus) to the day tank.

SR 3.8.1.7 Verify each DG starts from normal standby 184 days condition and achieves in s 10 seconds, voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V. and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.

SR 3.8.1.8 Verify manual transfer of AC power sources 18 months from the required normal qualified circult(s) to the reserve required qualified circuit (s).

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-6 12/17/97 Revision C

. AC Sources-Coeratina

-3.8.1 ISURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS I(ccatinued)-

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l v

SR 2.8.1.9 -------------------NOTE--------------------

This Surveillance.shall not be performed in

MODE 1 or 2 j Verify eacn DG rejects a load greater than 18 months

~

or equal to its ssociated single largest !

i post-accident load, and:

a. Following-load rejection the

! frequency is s 64.5 Hz:

b. Following load rejection. the steady state voltage is maintained 1: 3950 V

! and s 4580 V: and 4

c. Following load rejection the steady state frequency is maintained 1: 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.

J SR 3.8.1.10 ----

NOTES-- - ----

i

1. Momentary transients above the voltage

limit do not invalidate this test, i

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

i Verify each DG does not trip and voltage is 18 months 4

maintained s 4784 V during and following a c

load rejection of = 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.

(continued) l o

j i 1

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2- 3.8-7 12/17/97 Revision C L

l:

i

AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.12 Verify on an actual or simulated Engineered 18 months Safety Feature (ESF) actuation signal each DG auto-starts and:

a. In s 10 seconds achieves voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V:

b. In s 10 seconds achieves frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 HZ: and

c. Operates for a 5 minutes.

SR 3.8.1.13 Verify each DG's automatic trips are 18 months bypassed on actual or simulated loss of voltage signal on the emergency bus concurrent with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal except:

a. Engine overspeed; and

b. Generator differential current.

SR 3.8,1.14 -

NOTES--

1. Momentary transients outside the load range do not invalidate this test.

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

Verify each DG operates for a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months s: 18 months

a. Fcr a 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded a 5775 kW and s 6050 kW: and

b. For the remaining hours of the test loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-9 12/17/97 Revision C

AC Sources -Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.15 ------

-NOTE------=--

l 1. This Surveillance shall be performed within 5 minutes of shutting down the DG after the DG has operated a 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW or until operating temperature has stabilized.

4 l

2, Momentary transients outside of load

-range do not invalidate this test.

18 months Verify each DG starts and achieves in s 10 seconds voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V.

and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.

SR 3.8.1.16 - - - - - -

NOTE--- --- --

This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Verify each DG: 18 months

a. Synchronizes with offsite power source while loaded with emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power:

b. Transfers loads to offsite power source: and

c. Returns to ready-to-load operation.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3,8-10 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources -Operating 3.8.4 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY j SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is 7 days

= 130.5 V on float charge.

SR 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery 92 days terminals and connectors.

OR Verify battery connection resistance is s 1.5E-4 ohn for inter-cell conr.'ctions, s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections, s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections, and 5 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections.

SR 3.8.4.3 Verify battery cells, cell plates, and 18 months racks show no visual indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could degrade battery performance.

SR 3.8.4.4 Remove visible terminal corrosion. verify 18 months battery cell to cell and terminal connections are clean and tight. and are coated with anti-corrosion material.

4 SR 3.8.4.5 Verify battery connection resistance is 18 months s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections, s 1 SE-4 ohm for inter-rack connections, s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections, and 5 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections.

(continued) 1 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-21 12/17/97 Revision C

' DC Sources -Operating

! 3.8.4 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY j SR 3.8.4.6 Verify each battery charger supplies a load 18 months I equal to the manufacturer's rating for

= 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months .

l SR 3.8.4.7 - -- - ---- --- NOT E S ------------ --

1. The modified performance discharge j test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of the service test in l

SR 3.8.4.7.

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. ,

____ _=- -- -- _____

Verify battery capacity is adequate to 18 months supply and maintain OPERABLE status, the required emergency loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 ' 3.8-22 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating 3.0.4 -

SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.4.8 =-

-- -=------ --NOTE =-

This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4.

Verify battery capacity is a 95% of the 60 months manufacturer's rating when subjected to a modified performance discharge test. AND l 12 months when battery shows degradation or has reached 85%

of the expected life with capacity < 100%

of manufacturer's rating AND 24 months when battery has reached 85% of the expected life with capacity a 100%

of manufacturer's rating BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-22a 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 l

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS.

E A.2.2 Suspend movement of Imediately irradiated fuel assemblies.

E A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

E A.2.4 Initiate action to Immedia+.ely restore required DC electrical power subsystems to OPERABLE status.

E A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-24 12/17/97 Revision C

OC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. One DC electrical B.1 - --

-NOTE--------

power division Only required when crosstled to opposite unit has an opposite-unit DC inoperable battery.

electrical power - - - - --

subsystem with an inoperable source. Verify opposite-unit Once per while opposite unit is DC bus load is 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months in MODE 5, 6. or s 100 amps.

defueled.

AN,Q B.2 Open at least one 7 days crosstie breaker between the crossti;d divisions.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.5.1 -NOTE- -

The following SRs are not required to be performed: SR 3.8.4.6. SR 3.8.4.7. and SR 3.8.4.8.

For DC sources required to be OPERABLE the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.5 SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.3 SR 3.8.4..

SR 3.8.4.4 SR 3.8.4.8.

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 ^ 3.8-25 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 d

3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

, .I?3.'8.6 Battery Cell Parameters LCO 3.8.6 Battery cell p3rameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1.

L APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems are required to be OPEPABLE.

ACTIONS-I - - - - - - - - -

--- N O T E --- ----- -- --

Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery.

! CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i __

A. One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cell 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months with one or more electrolyte level and battery cell float voltage meet parameters not within Table 3.8.6-1 Category A or B Category C limits.

4 limits.

AND i

A.2 Verify battery cell 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months s

parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 AND Category C limits. .

Once per 7 days thereafter AND A.3 Restore battery cell 31 days parameters to Category A and B limits of Table 3.8.6-1.

1; (continued) n BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3 3.8-26 12/17/97 Revision C

.,e, , ~ - --.-c,,~.--

. . wy, , -

~ve,. - . - . .. - - - ,-- , - - - . - - + - ----,w.+ .-.1+ ---

Battery C311 Parameters

! 3.8.6 ACTIONS CONDIT104 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l B. Pequired Action and B.1 Declare associated Immediately l

associated Completion battery inoperable.

l Time of Condition A l not met.

l I 2 I .

One or more batteries with average electrolyte temperature of the j representative cells j < 60*F.

e One or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters not within Category C values.

SURVEILLAEE REOUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.6.1 Verify t'attery cell parameters meet 31 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits.

l (continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 '3.8-27 12/17/97 Revision C

Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 l SURVElltANCE REOUlREMENTS (continued) _

SURVEllLANCE r RE0VENCY SR 3.8.6.2 Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits.

6!fD Once within 7 days after a battery discharge

< 110 V 6!!D Once within 7 days after a battery overcharg'e

> 145 V SR 3.8.6.3 Verify average electrolyte temperature of 92 days representative cells is a 60*F.

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-28 12/17/97 Revision C

, l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6

, Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1)

Battery Cell Parameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C:

LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH

. PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark. indication mark. plates, and not and s 24 inch and s 84 inch overflowing above maximum above maximum leve leve

, mark lalindication mark}a;jndication Float Voltage = 2.18 V ~ = 2.18 V(b) > p 14 y .

Specific = 1.285 = 1.280 Not more than Gravity (c)(d) 0.020 below 6!iQ average of all connected cells Average of all connected cells 6!!D

> 1.290 Average of all connected cells

= 1.280 (a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the spec 1 fled maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing, (b) Corrected for average electrolyte temperature.

(c) Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level. Level correction is not required. however, when battery charging is < 2 amps when on float charge.

1.

(d) A battery charging current of < 2 amps when on float charge is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge. for a maximum of 7 days. When charging current is used to i

satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the 7 day allowance.

I BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 33.8-29 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters i 3.8.6

)

l 9

a l Tills PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS.1 & 2 3.8-30 12/17/97 Revision C

$- Je- s' wy* T'7=r ruy-T t-'

inverters - Shutdown

, 3.8.8 ,

ACT10fiS i CONDIT10f1 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS.

M A.2.2 Suspend movement of immediately irradiated fuel assemblies.

E A.2.3 Initiate action to immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

A.2.4 Initiate action to immediately restore required inverters to OPERABLE status.

A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY 1

SR 3.8,8.1 Verify correct inverter voltage and breaker 7 days alignment to required AC instrument buses.

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-34 12/17/97 Revision C

Distribution Systems -Shutdown 3.8.10 ACTIDf1S CONDITION RE0VIRED ACT10f1 COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Imediately ALTERATIONS.

6@

A.2.2 Suspend movement of Imediately irradiated fuel assemblies.

AND A.2.3 Initiate action to immediately suspend operations involving positive react 1vity additions.

8@

A.2.4 Initiate actions to Immediately restore required AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystem (s) to OPERABLE status.

AND A.2.5 Declare associated immediately required residual heat removal train (s) inoperable and not in operation.

AND A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable.

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-40 12/17/97 Revision C

- -~ _._____ - - -

3 l

AC Sources-Operatin ;

B 3.8.

2 BASES ;

i SURVEILLANCE Where the SRs discussed herein specify voltage and frequency REQUIREMENTS tolerances. the followino is applicable. The minimum steady ,

J (continued) state output voltage of 3950 V is 95% of the nominal 4160 V <

output voltage. This value allows for voltage drop to the i

! terminals of 4000 V motors whose minimum operating voltage 4

1s specified as 90% or 3600 v. It also allows for voltage drops to motors and other equipment down through the 120 V level where minimum operating voltage is also usually spec 1fied as 90% of name plate rating. The specified maximum steady state output voltage of 4580 V is equal to the maximum operating voltage specified for 4000 V motors.

It ensures that for a lightly loaded distribution system, the voltage at the terminals of 4000 V motors is no more ,

than the maximum rated operating voltages. The specified minimum and maximum frequencies of the DG are 58.8 Hz and 61.2 Hz. respectively. These values are ecual to 2% of the 60 Hz nominal frequency and are derivec from the recommendat1ons given in Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref 3).

SR 3.8.1 1 This SR ensures proper circuit continuity for the offsite AC electrical power supply to the onsite distribution network and availability of offsite AC electrical power. The breaker alignment verifies that each breaker is in its correct position to ensure that distribution buses and loads are connected to their preferred power source and that a>propriate independence of offsite circuits is maintained.

T'1e 7 day Frequency is adequate since breaker position is not likely to change without the operator being aware of it j and because its status is displayed in the control room.

1 t

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1-& 2 B 3.8-14 12/17/97 Revision C

AC Sources-Operatino I B 3.8.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 1 8.1 2 and SR 1 8.1.7 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.1.7 requires that, at a 184 day frequency. the DG ,

j starts from normal standby conditions and achieves required

voltage and frequency within 10 seconds.- The 10 second l start requirement supports the assumptions of the design basis LOCA analysis in the UFSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 5).

i The 10 second start requirement is not applicable to i SR 3.8.1.2 (see SR Note) when a modified start procedure as

described above is used. If a modified start is not used.

1

-the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies.

Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start, it is more

! restr1ctive than SR 3.8.1.2. and it may be aerformed in lieu of SR 3.8.1.2. This is also addressed in SR 3.8.1.2 Note,

, The 31 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.2 is consistent with i Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). The 184 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing consistent with Generic Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7). These Frequencies provide adequate assurance of DG OPERABILITY. while minimizing degradation resulting from testing.

Y d

1 (continued) d

. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1.& 2 'B 3.8-16 12/17/97 Revision C

..-. . . _ - - - _ . - ~ .- - -.. - _ - - . - - - - . - - .

AC Sources -Operatino B3.8.1 BASES l

SURVEILLANCE SR 3 8.1 10 I RE0VIREMENTS l (continued) This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a

) full load without overspeed tripping or exceeding the ,

predetermined voltage limits. The OG full 1 6 rejection :

l may occur because of a system fault or inadvertent breaker '

tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine / generator i response under the simulated test conditions. This test simulates a full load rejection and verifies that the DG i

does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection. Whi'.e the DG is 1 not expected to experience this transient during an event and continues to be available. this response ensures that the OG is not degraded for future application. including

reconnection to the bus 1f the trip initiator can be corrected or isolated.

The 18 month frequency 1s consistent with the recommendation

. of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

l This SR has been modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit (e.g.,

following initiation of the Surveillance) do not invalidate

! l this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical performance of this SR could 2

cause perturbation to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems.

SR 3 8.1.11 In general conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), paragraph 2.2.4. this

Surveillance demonstrates the as designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source.

This test verifies all actions encountered from the loss of offsite power. including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the OG.- It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achieve the required voltage and frequency within the specified time. and maintain a steady state voltage and frequency range.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-21 12/17/97 Revision C p-- , - - - - - , . - . - - - - y-. - -i % m , e -p.w+-- y-,vy--+_ ,g.ew we .-ra.--- ---y-,y9 e-m+---e*+--We

AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 3 8.1 14 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients (e.g., due to changing bus loads)

, do not invalidate this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical, performance of this Surveillance could cause perturbations to the

- electrical distr 1but1on systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result plart safety systems.

SR 3 8.1 15 This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown from normal Surveillances, and achieve the required voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second time is derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 18 month

, Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3).

l This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 ensures that the test is performed with the diesel sufficiently hot. The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG, Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months at full load conditions prior to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Alternatively, the DG can be operated until operating temperatures have stabilized. Note 2 states that momentary transients (e.g., due to_ changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-25 12/17/97 Revision C

i f

i DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 i

B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating BASES BACKGROUND The station DC electrical power system provides the AC energency power system wit 1 control power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety related equipment and AC instrument bus power (via inverters). As i required by 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17 (Ref. 1), the DC !

electrical power system 1s designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to !

safety functions, assuming a single failure. Theperform DC its electrical power system also generally conforms to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE-308 (Ref. 3).

The 125 VDC electrical power system for each unit consists of two independent and redundant safety related Class 1E DC electr1 cal power subsystems (Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22)). Each subsystem consists of one 125 VDC battery, the associated battery charger for each battery.

and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting '

cabling.

During normal operation. the 125 VDC loads are powered from the battery chargers with the batteries floating on the j system. In cases of loss of normal power to the battery ,

charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the station battery. :

a i

t (continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-47 12/17/97 Revision C i

DC Sources-Operating '

B 3.8.4 l

BASES (continued)

SURVEILLANCE SR 3 8.4.1 '

REQUIRLMENTS Verifying battery terminal voltage while on float charge j helps to ensure the effectiveness of the charging system and the ability of the batteries to perform their intended function. Float charge is the condition in which the charger is supplying the connected loads and the continuous charge required to overcome the internal losses of a batte.ry and maintain the battery in a fully charged state. The voltage requirements are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery and are consistent with the initial voltages l assumed in the battery sizing calculations. The 7 day Frequency is consistent with manufacturer recommendations and IEEE-450 (Ref. 9).

SR 3.8.4.2 Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery cells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of each intercell, interrack, intertier, and terminal connection.

provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance.

The limits established for this SR must not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer.

Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance.

The Surveillance frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating, is 92 days. This frequency is considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trends.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8-55 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 :

BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.3 REQUIREMENTS (continued) Visual inspection of the battery cells, cell plates, and battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance. The presence of physical damage or deterioration does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided an evaiuation determines that the physical damage or deterioration does not affect the OPERABillly of the battery (its ability to perform its design function).

SR 3.8.4.4 and SR3.8.4.5 Visual Inspection and resistance measurements of intercell, interrack. Intertier, and terminal connections provide an indication of physical damage or abnormel deterioration that could indicate degraded battery condition. The

, anticorrosion material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and to reduce terminal deterioration.

The visual inspection for corrosion is not intended to

require removal of and inspection under each terminal connectivn. The removal of visible corrosion is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4.

The connection resistance limits for SR 3.8.4.5 shall not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer.

. Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance.

l i

(continued) l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8-56 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operat1ng '

B 3.8.4 :

i BASES ,

j SURVE!LLAf4CE $R 38'.5 _

REQUIREMENTS (continued) This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of supplying a load equal to the manufacturer's rating for d

a 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months . According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10),

the battery charger output capacity is required to be based on the largest combined demands'of the various steady state loads and the charging demands to restore the battery from the des 1gn minimum charge state to the fully charged state.

irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand '

occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration

, ensures that these requirements can be satisfied.

The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable 91ven the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other

administrative controls ex1 sting to ensure adequate charger performance during these 18 month intervals. In addition.

. this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.

This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 and 6 since it would require the DC electrical power .

subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test.

l SR 3.8.4.7 A battery service test is a special test of battery capability as found. to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4 TM arveillance Frequency of 18 months is consistent with

the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10) and Regulatory Gu1de 1.129 (Ref. 11) which state that the battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed 18 months.

This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of-a modified performance discharge test in lieu-of a service test, t

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-57 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 1B47 (continued)

RE0VIREMENTS The modified performance discharge test is a simulated duty cycle consisting of just two rates: the one minute rate published for the battery or the largest current load of the duty cycle followed by the test rate employed for the performance test, both of which envelop the duty cycle of the service test. Since the ampere-hours removed by a rated one minute discharge represents a very small portion of the battery capacity, the test rate can be changed to that for the performance test without compromising the results of the performance discharge test. The battery terminal voltage for the modified performance discharge test should remain above the minimum battery terminal voltage spec 1fied in the battery service test for the duration of time equal to that of the service test.

A mod 1fied performance discharge test is a test of the battery capacity and its ability to ]rovide a high rate, short duration load (usually the hig1est rate of the duty cycle). This will often confirm the battery's ability to meet the critical period of the load duty cycle in addition to determining its percentage of rated capacity. Initial conditions for the modified performance discharge test should be identical to those specified for a service test and the test discharge rate must envelop the duty cycle of the service test if the modified performance discharge test is performed in lieu of a service test.

The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.

i l

l l

i. (continued) l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8-58 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 8ASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 38A8 REOUIREMENTS (continued) A battery performance discharge test is a test of constant current capacity of a battery. normally done in the as found condition. after having been in service, to detect any change in the capacity determined by the acceptance test.

The test is intended to determine overall battery degradation due to age and usage.

A battery modified performance discharge test is described l in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. Either the battery performance discharge test or the modified performance discharge test is l

acceptable for satisfying SR 3.8.4.8 however. only the modified perfcrmance discharge test may be used to satisfy l SR 3.8.4.8 while satisfying the requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 at the same time.

AT&T battery manufacturer's data indicates that the capacity of the battery actually increases over its service life.

The NRC has concurred that the battery meets acceptable operating criteria if it can be shown that battery ccpacity for the AT&T batteries is at least 95% of the manufacturer's rating when subjected to a performance discharge test every 60 months. In addition, battery degradation is assumed should the battery capacity drop more the 5% based on the '

previous performance test or modified performance test, or is below 100% of the mcnufacturer's rating.

The Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally 60 months. If the battery shows degradation. or if the battery has t -hed 85% of its expected life and capacity is

< 100% of the lufacturer's rating, the Surveillance Frequency is reauced to 12 months. However. if the battery shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to 24 months for batteries that retain capacity a 100% of the manufacturer'srating. These Frequencies are consistent with the recommendations in IEEE-450 (Ref. 9).

This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.

(continued)

-8RAIDWOOD - UNITS i & 2 'B 3.8-58a 12/17/97 Revision C

DC Sources-Shutdown f 3.8.5 3

BASES 1

ACTIONS .

B.1 and B.2

. (continued)

Condition B addresses a shutdown unit's DC bus tht,t is crosstied to the opposite unit's associated DC bus. Which has an inoperable source, when the opposite unit is also

shutdown, This provision is included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems.

With the opposite unit's battery inoperable, the unit-specific DC subsystem will be recu1 red to supply all loads on the opposite unit's crosstlec bus should an event occur on the opposite unit, Therefore. Required Action B.1 i specifies that the possible loading on the opp 0 site unit's DC bus be verified to be s 100 amps once per 1l? hours.

Limiting the load to 100 amps, ensures that the unit-specific DC subsystem will not be overloaded in the event of a concurrent event on the unit. Recy1 red Action B.1 is modified by a Note requiring Required J

Action B.1 when the opposite unit has an in0perable battery.

Required Action B.2 recuires the associated crosstie breaker to be opened within 7 cays ensures that mtasures are being taken to reestablish independence of the DC subsystems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.5.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.5.1 requires application of all Surveillances

, l required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8 4.8, Therefore. see

< the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.4 for a discussion of each SR.

This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable during the performance of SRs. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met, but ac.tual performance is not required.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-63 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l B 3.B.6 Battery Cell Parameters BASES ;

BACKGROUND 'This LCO delineates the limits on electrolyte temperature. '

l level, float voltage, and specific gravity for the DC power source batteries. A discussion of these batteries and their ODERABILITY requirements is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.4. "DC Sources -0perating." and LC0 3.8.5. "DC :

Sources - Shutdown. "

i APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Desion Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAft. Chapter 6 (Ref 1) and ,

Chapter 15 (Ref. 2) assume Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system ,

provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators. emergency auxiliaries, and control and i switching during all MODES of operation, The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based :

upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining at least one division of DC sources OPERABLE

during accident conditions. in the event of

a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite

l AC power; and

b. A worst case single failure.

l Battery cell parameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(11).

4 i

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-65 12/17/97 Revisico C ,

if l Battery Cell Parameters !

B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) q l LCO Battery cell parameters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure availability of the required DC power to shut down i

the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an

anticipated operational occurrence or a postulateo DBA. t Electrolyte limits are conservatively established, allowing i i continued DC electrical system function even with Category A i

and B limits not met.

i 1

' l APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are required solely for the support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems.

Therefore, battery electrolyte is only required when the DC ,

power source is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the Ap)licability discussion in Bases for LC0 3.8.4 and LC0 3.8.5.

ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note which indicates that d

separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. This is acceptable since the Required Actions for each Condition 3rovide appro riate com)ensatory actions for each affected Jattery. Com lying wit 1 the Required Actions for one battery may a low for continued operation, and subsequent battery parameters out of limits are governed by seDarate Condition entry and application of associated Required j Actions.

A.1. A.2. and A.3 i i With one or more cells in one or more batteries not within limits (i.e.. Category A limits not met. Category B limits not met, or Category A and B limits not met) but within the Category C limits s)ecified in Table 3.B.6-1 in the accompanying LCO tie battery is degraded but there is still sufficient capacity to perform the intended function.

Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B limits not met and operation is permitted for a limited period.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD -' UNITS 1 & 2 MB 3.8-66 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS A.1 A 2. and A.3 (continued)

The pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage are required to be verified to meet the Category C limits within I hour (Required Action A.1). This check will provide a quick indication of the status of the remainder of the battery cells. One hour provides time to inspect the electrolyte level and to confirm the float voltage of the pilot cell. One hour is considered a reasonable amount of time to perform the required verification.

Vesification that the C3tegory C limits are met (Requireu Action A.2) provides assurance that during the time needed to restore tie parameters to the Category A and B limits, the Mttery is still capable of performing its intended functien. A period of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months is aslowed to complete the initial verification because specific gravity measurements must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into consideration both the time required to perform the required 4

verification and the assurance that the sattery cell parameters are not severely degraded this time is considered reaLonable. The verification is repeated at 7 day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A or B limits.

i Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits. With the consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this time is acceptable prior to declaring the battery inoperable.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 18 3.8-67 12/17/97 Revision C

, * , + - y_ ~ . - - - - . --

m. < . . . . .

l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS fL1 (continued)

With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected cell sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the correspondino DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable.

Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions. such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60'F, are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable.

9 SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, specific gravity, and electrolyte level of pilot cells.

SR 3.8.6.2

' The "uarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), in addition, within

" 7 days of a battery discharge < 110 V or a battery overcharge > 145 V the battery must be demonstrated to meet

! Category B limits. Transients. such as motor starting transients, which may momentarily cause battery voltage to drop to < 110 V do not constitute a battery discharge provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre-transient values. This inspection is also consistent with EEE-450 (Ref 3). which recommends special inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to l

ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge.

l i

(continued) l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 LB 3.8-68 12/17/97 Revision C

l Battery Cell Parameters ,

B 3.8.6 j BASES l SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6 3 REQUIREMENTS (continued) This Surveillance verification that the average temperature of representative cells is a 60'F. is consistent with a 3 recommendation of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) that states that the temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should 3 be determined on a quarterly basis.

Lower than normal temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating i

temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range.

This limit 1s based on manufacturer recommendations. !

Table 3.8.6-1 This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage.-and s)ecific gravity for three different categories. T1e meaning of each category is discussed below.

! Category A defines the normal )arameter limit for each designated pilot cell in each )attery. The cells selected as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage, and

, electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery.

The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the guidance in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). with the extra 4 inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge effects. In addition to this allowance, footnote (a) to Table 3.8.6-1 permits the electrolyte level to be above the specified maximum level during equalizing charge. 3rovided it is not overflowing. These limits ensure that tie plates-suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-a50 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months .

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-69 12/17/97 Revision C

,-,_m.-~-.,c e-,. , ---.---.mu__ ,----w - , - - , , ~ - - - - - , , , - -- e,--,w , . , . . - , . - - -.----.e-v y ,.-,w-,

Battery Cell Parameters ,

B 3.8.6 -

BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3 1 6-1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS The Category A limit spec 1fied for float voltage is a 2.18 V per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of cells < 2.18 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells.

The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for each 4

pilot cell is a 1.285 (0.015 below tie manufacturer fully charged nominal spec 1fic gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity.

According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), the spec 1fic gray 1ty

' readings are based on a temperature of 77'F (25'C).

The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3*F (1,67'C) above 77 F (25'C), 1 point (0.001) is added to the reading:

1 point is subtracted for each 3"F below 77'F. The specific i gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with c loss of water due to electrolysis or evaporation.

Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out.

The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and i float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A

, and have been discussed above. Footnote (b) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires the float voltage correction for average electrolyte temperature. The Category B limit specified for specific gravity for each connected cell is a 1.280 (0.020 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity) with the average of all connected cells > 1.290 (0,010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3,8-70 12/17/97 Revision C

f l

Battery Cell Parameter' B 3.8.o BASES ,

SURVEILLANCE Iable 3 t 6-1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Category C defines the limits for each connected cell.

2 These values, although reduced provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of 1

sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable.

The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltage is based on IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) which states that a cell voltage of 2.14 V or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell. Indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement.

The Category C limit of average specific gravity = 1.280 is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific gravity). In addition to that limit. It is required that the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery.

The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are applicable to Category A, B. and C specific gravity. Footnote (c) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires tie above mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the exception that level correction is not required when battery charging current is

< 2 amps on float charge. This current provides, in general, an indication of overall battery condition.

(continued)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 'B 3.8-71 12/17/97 Revision C

l- Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES i SURVElLLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced [

during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize.

A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to s)ecific oravity measurement for determining the state of ciarge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3).

Footnote (d) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge curant to be used as an alternate to specific gravity for uo to 7 days following a battery recharge. Within 7 days, each connected cell's specific gravity must be measured to confirm the state of charge. Following a minor battery recharge (such as equalizing charge that does not follow a -

deep discharge) specific gravity gradients are not significant, and confirming measurements may be made in less than 7 days.- ,

REFERENCES 1. UFSAR, Chapter 6.

2. UFSAR. Chapter 15,

3. IEEE-450-1995. ,

l i:

l

.GRA10 WOOD - UNITS-1 & 2 'B 3.8-72 12/17/97 Revision C

i Battery Cell Parameters :

B 3,8.6 l

BASES 1

i i

i 8

4 d

r l THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2

r

)

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 :h3,8-73 12/17/97 Revision C

1 I

Battery Cell Parameters ;

B 3,8.6 BASES 1

P i

1 i 1

i W

1 i

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK !

l

~'

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS-1 & 2 B 3,8-74 12/17/97 Revision C

--e,,-,-----.- --

,- ~ _ ,w, -. ..-+4,, , , - , - y .-. - - - - - .m. - -- - 7..-%. .-y_%7_,_y

- __ __ _ - . _ - - - _ . . _ _ _ . . . - _ - - _ _ _ _ _ ~ . - . . _ _ . . . . . . _

'A l

Battery Cell Pa 3 meters !

i B 3.8.6 BASES e-

)

i i

l Tills PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1

BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8-75 12/17/97 Revision C

_. _ _ . _ , . . ,_ _ . . _ _ , - ~ _ - _ - . .

a c.c M. I ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ar o y,g, p SUR\'FILLANCE REOUTRFMFNTS (4.0 :.l.a Each of the above required independent circuits between the offsite trantmission network and the Onsite Class IE Distribution System shall be:

g g'3, g .ac Determined OPERABLE at least once per 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignments, indicated power availability, and

?R 1.1. t. t M Demonstrated OPERABLE at least once per 18 months h m a m Jby transferring nanually unit power supply from the normal circuit to the alterna% circ'.;it.

(4 1 - M Each diesel generator shall be demonstrated OPERABL

x. At least once per 31 days en a MA00m TT':7 misroy:

se s,g,,,q Jy Varifying the fuel level in the day tank,

~

Mi a s,s,3,i 2) Verifying the fuel level in the fuel storage tank, __

w un) 5 A 1.t 14 y Verifying the fuel transfer ps a starts and transfers fuel from the storage system to the day tank, i

1' 8' h S Verifying the diesel starts fronVambient condition and 41 jg" $',(','d accelerates _ to at least (500 , din less than or equal to O

,. J 10 seconds. The generator + voltage and frecuency shall be S r ATET[674tD volts and 60 + 1.2m: 't " '.0 ::: nd: au er %:) E h

W./

t woq C: tort ::cna t .) (The diesel ge r'ator shal' be stirtea for this

- sio test by using one of the lowing signals: /

a) Hanual, or b) Simulated Jd's of ESF bus vol ge by itself, or /

/

OMil c) Simulat'ed loss of ESF bys voltage in conjune 'or wlh :.n ESVactuation test sipral, or d) ESF actuall A nA t signal by itse $

sn s.t.i,3 mu .7,4 " ' N" 5'" 3 L-(

Verifying the generator is synchronized, then loaded to greater

". #' 8' ' ' 3 .F) than or eaual to 5500 kW On accordance with the manufacturer'sf L il g y.g.i,3 prr.1 ; i, recommenoat i on s *), operates with a load greater than or equal to 7

g '5500 kW for at least 60 minutes, and t 6) 'leri f. ring th; dic3d g:ncr;ter ;; d igned inrc;;d ; t =d by) ;u,3 power- to the-assoc-iated4SF4 ewes . /

L7 SR 2 B, u- F. At least once per 31 daysf=d :ft:r erh cpernier of th: :;ud

(~e +"e per ed ~ ::mtien 'in- greater th r er :=1 t ' S r by -

checking for and removing accumulated ater from the day tanks;

- SR u.t.t. NOTE" cne,m.6 mau 1 Se. 3.t. ) .7 '

p ,, ,, 9 3, g,3g )

l h *The diesel generator start (10 sec) from 6 m-d conditions shall be performed I at least once per 184 days in these surveillance tests. /All other englystartsi for the purpose o' his surveilla .e testing may o preceded by an a gine pre- l

[lubeperiodand r other warmu rocedures reco nded by the ma acturer so '

(that mechg stress and__w r on tjle diesel naine is minimi d. J RYonN IINiTS 1 & 2 1/4 A.1 AMrNnMrNT NO 70

i . 3 ?o S. (

i ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTQg_, y g,7

.5G cA. on S. D SURVFittANCE PF0lliREMENTS (Continued) ___ _ _

E. At least once per 31 days by checking for and removing accumulated l Sa 3.8.7.3 wate* from the fuel oil storage tanks; A By sampling new fuel oil in accoroance with ASIM-04057 prior to additi::n to storage tanks and:

I? By varifying in accordance with the tests specified in ASTH Ds75-81 prior to addition to the storage tanks that the u g le has:

s"' a) An API Gravity of within 0.3 degrees at 60*F, or a specific 4he:uM, km sr gravity of within 0.0016 at 60*F,' henw compared to the

Mi h" M supplier's certificate, or an absolute specific gravity at j

60*F of greater than or equal to 0.83 but less than or

, equal to 0.89, or an API gravity of greater than or Equal se, y.s. 5. ;2. to 27 degrees but less than or equal to 39 segrees; pd b) A kinematic viscosity at 40*C of greater than or equal to 1.9 centistokes, but less than or equal to 4.1 .entistokes, if the gravity was not determined by comparison with the supplier's cortification; c) A flash point equal to or greater than 125'F; and d) A clear and bright appearance with proper color when tested in accordance with ASTM-D4176-82.

I

2) By verifying within 30 days of obtaining the sample that the i other properties specified in Table 1 of ASTM-0975-81 are met when tested in accordance with ASTM-D975-81 except that the analysis for sulfur may be performed in accordante with ASTH-D1552-79 or ASTM-D2622-82.

p. At least once every 31 days by obtaining a sample of fuel oil from the storage tank, in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78, and verifying that total particulate contamination is less than 10 mg/ liter when checked in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78. Method A.

en 3.c. i.# 2 au s n s. x. ua N , y yg ) ,

A At least once per 18 months,t cun na shutdcan J by: l c ;; h me . k O w a ~ c,.wA *

i,7 ,e 9 m -1.c h w D

.27 Verifying the generator apability to reject a load of creater

" #' #' d _than or equal toucM mwhile maintaining (voltage at 4160[P92GH

.' volt @(itnad frequency at 60 4 4.5 Hz, (transient state), 60 1 1.2 '

' Hz (steady state); _

U Le

.1 r o f

Q-Lco s.r. 3 2 hm 3. s-u s J 'rr f 4 O'l (asdenimbwh[IJeaalvsfo44 RYRON - tlNTTS 1 & 2 3/4 8-4 AMENDMENT NO. 79

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LC0 3.8.1 INSERT 3.l 43 (A ) 3 SURVEILLANGi FRE0VENCY SR 3.8.1.9 ---------------

NOTE----------- -

This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

SR 3.8.1.10 --

NOTE------- -----

1. .

2. This surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

SR 3.8.1.11 ---------- =

NOTE--- ------

This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3 or 4.

SR 3.8.1.14 NOTES------ -

1.

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

12/17/97 Revision C s

U.a 3. t. f ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued) s t m e. CLu.a . :7. $ %.g .. .

$F,3.7.1.io -at 4 Verifying the liiesel generator capability to reject'a load of

. . , -4 55C0 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not O *" " 11/ exceed 4784 volts during and following the load rejection, se, 7 t. l. li

$X @+ewrea loss of ESF bus voltage by itself, and:

A oa t- e. w n c, M et h Lg a) Verifying de energization o! the ESF busses and load chedding from the ESF busses, and b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connected safe shutdown loads through the load sequencing timer and operates for greater thar. or equal to 5 minutes while its generrtor is loaded with the shutdown loads. After energization, the steady-state voltage and frecuency of theESFbussesshallbemaintainedat4160[pARO volts bo ,g and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test.

69,J,7.t.a.

e .--

M _ Verifying that on an ESF Actuation test signa 1 Mt%et M::l

!:' EEF t = :lt::::0, the diesel generator starts on the auto-

, a

,N O ' start signal and optrates on standby for greater than or equal u g to _5 prinutes. The generator voltage and frequency shall be

-n0 W ~4Me Mvolts and 6DGl.2 Hz within 10 seconds after the

' f m-

' @ "E,'

, auto- ar signal; the generator steady state generator voltagem<

equency shall be maintained within these limits during

"# j is test; co... u . c,_, w j s g 3,t.,,iq .6ry C;;.w;stinc a;1oss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with an <

l ESF Actuation test signal, and 1%#eem %,a /

i haan 4 V

l a) Verifying deenergization of the ESF busse shedding from the ESF busses; dloaq:4 ,.

h L j l b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connected i emergency (accident) loads through the LOCA sequencer and

operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while l l its generator is loaded with emergency loads. After energization, the steady-state voltage and frecuency of Mn the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 vo + 9 and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test; and -

720 q mi o y sg 3,t,s.,3 .ny Verifying tha all automatic diasel generator trips, e except engine overspeed and generator differential, are automatically bypassed upon loss-of-voltage on the emergency )

bus concurrent with@-Safety Injection Actuation signal.

L i ai u mo( e r 4..ul. MA I i

1 l

BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/48-5 Amendment No. 2 l

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LCO 3,8.1 INSERT 3.8 5A (L3 )

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.10 ----- = ------NOT E S - ----- - - - - - - -

l 1. Momentary transients above the voltage limit do not invalidate this test.

l 2. ...

J 12/17/97 Revision C s

- -Q.:. s . - .- .. - _

(

k ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

I

'4.8.2.1.2 [e;h I2LJ;11 bettery b;r.i er.d its esse;ieted ;herger eh:11 bc j

!f:-c.;;r;t;d0"E"*2kE:l 3, ,

@ " % M least once pe ayt by verifying that:

4t The parameters in Table 4.8-2 meet the Category A limits, and 9g 3) ha++=~ teminal vogs greater than or equal to

'0.; ^;;' t: L*?i$ 126 volts 7___._, on float charge.

7.hetota' l s e B. D .I

-6,. east wei per 92 days and within 7 days after a battery discharge

with battery teminal voltage below 110 volts, or battery over:harge

325.847- with battery terminal voltage above 145 volts, by verifying that:

4f. The parameters in Table 4.8-2 seet the Category B limits, i

et- There is no visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, SE 5.8.4. 2, or the copnection rests ance of these items is less than 150 x 10* chdf end g*

1) The average electro 1vte temperature of all connected cells is 6

SRSh5 above 60*F.(jung w.%s3 (;rquacwey

.e, At least once per 18 months by ver ying that: ,,,,

oc S.S.4.5 The indie=+1oncells, cell plates,@and of Dhysical "***battery or abnormal racks show no visual deterioration j tm v m o.a .- , san % p=44.en me

. The cell-to-cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and r) se.5.s4.+ at coated with anticorrosion material, 1

e 5.sA.5 4) The resistance of each cell-to gte11 nd teminal connection is less than or equal to 150 x 10' oh , and g

4) The battery charger will supply a load equal o the 32 SSA.4 manufacturer's rating for at east 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months e r s.e. u a

.dr At least once er 18 monthsfd:-N :'t:x.dby verifying that the -

battery i y is adequate to nul oiy ano maintain in OPERABLE Sc.5.e.4.7 status - ;.; he fe"-' r Z= r .re emergency loads fer the design i duty cycle wtian the battery is sub,;ect to a battery service test; (requirecQ 4

t I

6/ ...-I gtajne{by su@racting the no!" mal resistance of g jg .... u v ,

. - - - _ _ . . . _ _ _ . . . .. ,. . m.,

. . . . , , _ , , . . . the bi-level rack

' connector 5 - n r cr:;) 50 x 10' che, typic a ); from the measured cell-to-ce' connecuon i res stance, j AMENDMENTNO.,k BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-11

i j

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LC0 3.8.4 INSERT 3.8 11A (A ) 3 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.7 --

NOTE--------------------

1,

2. This surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.

INSERT 3.8 118 (Ln) 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.6 Battery Parameters LC0 3.8.6 Battery parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1.

APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems are require 0 to be OPERABLE.

ACTIONS

--NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery.

12/17/97 Revision C

" s, g,4 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS m._ m.m[aj l l

/

SURVEILLANCE RE00fREMENTS (Cantinued) /

y ,

At least once per 60 monthn d r n: :nacan; by verifying that the (

y A. +

sn s.t.v.h battery capacity is at leatt GL i AT TR80% !wca of the W manuf acturer's rating when subjectea to _a performance dis:naroe_ t.

(s : cft'::r rt: m:::: ctr x.; ~ performance r.; -- + ~ +1 /The ::ftfi; prtemeftee discharge test 0; id) ma J

'":er : :::: p.uT x y,,i,'s

,r dbe perfo,med in lieu;of the battery service test reouired(by (Specification 4.8.2.1.2d.:Iad U -H**

4 d' m s }ww theter m by civino performance E At least once per months te- '

ggs,g,y.g discharge tests (: r: i't:0 ;:-t:mer di:er;: t:: 0 of battery

(.e.) capacity to any battery that snows signs of degraoation or has r ed 85% of the service life ernected for the aoolicatione cradation is indicated wnen the battery capacity crops more than @

4%D3 k l0% :E:::ca of rated capacity from its capacity on the

...... ..._ .. 2 or is below a %;;;previous U dQ 90%\ (EAI) performanDee test (:r :::t of the manufacturer's rating. j b

banw c.npN.ay 4 \ 00 % or MANywq. ray.'.3 W D4 A"9 zA monTMS w acn esm-vy und A:re_we w% or pc 6 % 't r - 7 u M vo m c.A p c. m ( 2 mo*6 e r m nnug Acw A d itere .

QYRON - UNITS I & 2 3/4 8-11a AMENDMENT NO. 59

v. .

CTS INSERT (S).

- SECTION 3.8

-LCO 3,8.4 f

i INSERT 3.8 1136 ( A3 )-

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY i

[ SR 3.8.4.8 ----- -NOTE -

This

' surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3, or 4. --- _ - -

2 i

e l' .

i ..

1 1

A i

4

{

'l

,-T, 12/17/97 Revision C

- s- .

i

...'Y'.~..,-,.-,

, ,....u.. ,& ,4 , . . . . ,. -. , ..,L n ,d'. _ _ , ~ ,

I - - - - L0:

. ,g

. TABLEI"p b M RATTERYr--m - 2 REDUIREMENTS l n. . Ydai p%,,4r.Q -

2 CATEGORY A

CATEGORY B

GATCdoCV C PARAMETER LIMITS FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH ALLOWABLE

DESIGNATED PILOT CONNECTED CELL VALUE FOR EACH l CELL CONNECTED CELL i

! Electrolyte > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of '

Level indication a rk indication mark, plates l

'. and g 4' above , and g 4' above andnol i anximum level maximum level overflowing indication mark ( ,.3 indication mark (a3

, Float Voltage 1 2.13 volts 12.13 volts *b > 2.07 volts i.

Not more'than b 0.020 below 4 the average of all connected l Specifib (d) 1 1.195 cells Gravity"i 1 1.

i Average of all Average of all g -

connected cells connected cells

> 1.20$. 1 1.195 TABLE NOTATIONS -

44+ For any CategoryOPERABLE A parameter (s)ided taat within 24 hour2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months sAa'1 t*.eoutside the limit (s) shown, be considered prov h4 A mafogory Ca B measurements are taken and found to be within tlietr allowable andcm P"'

. values and provided all Categcry A and

'g g y A,3 -within, limits within the next 4 Nays. ra%-Ler(s) 0 are restored to d+ p hu

~1 d c.

outside siltF s) shown the battery (St For anyany CategoryOPERABLE be considered 8 parameter prov(s)ided that the category 8 par,ameters are L '

3ouD A within their allowable values and provid t tegory B parameter (s) are QM,o

?A A.: 4h.5 restored to within limits within -Peays. 5 ,

ws 8 -fM Any Category ($arameter not within its a ow e value indicates an '

inoperable battery. t e t cm,c4,- is no reer 4 *e n (c. ) r Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level.4- wie ha <am3 si 42amr4 wh' ^

(d) > Or battery charging Curr9nt 49 less than 2 amps when onscharge.7 ena Ooak""*'9'-

m > Corrected for average electrolyte temperature.

Q

an.e n m,u m z..v.,s i-c-,,, u, w ,,a b ra o w- d d. a ., cw h t..,3 e b o m n p , m u ,d il is n.4 cue,0;en3 Cf.ts;,Y;'a'r;5cl.u"=UJmuc.";mt',p;'ygyll,;~ ug;l,; ;c,q-WTH Onc Oc mot".J. f>AnC1 tics **1m o*C 0 78. r"O*C G e rty 0 :st- p nrometu.n.s )

Onb p, g A[

mi enn Cect.org A es 6 t'imiM, ein onc suc. vacarq pi h r e,e m .

Ckc M 'Ntc yves Ann ruoA, vot.rwc4ine g g gp i Cm etsoe3 d 6.mi n, , .

BYRON - UNITS 1 1 2 3/4 8-12a AMENDMENT NO,

l 3,( ELE'CTRICAL POWER SYSTENS l-@ 7 f,f y *f D.c. Srri -

9'Y'"

r 4.C.N 3.t. 4 M1 t -.

---.,,y,,..

r s '

LIMITING CDNDITION FOR OPERATION ,

3 s 5 3,p Ezw seAf 3.F- d 4 j gJ.O J,g,t 0

.8.2.2 minimum IZb-volt D.c. hut) fed from s battery its ssocia full-c :harger and th one of 1 associated stie 4 rea s in the en esition tha GPERARIF -

f APPLICABfL1TY: MODES 5 and 6,( N .

. ., a 4 ., m . m Q a m s. m g u.nn.o.sh + a Un AGT.12: a rms.r s .r-is s , 7 une. = 8

T With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 125-Volt D.C. bus that is re l t 0 Noit 2, 3, quired or 4?, the to be OPERABLE shutdown and with125-Volt unit's operable the opposite D.C. busunitmay operating energize (Modes 1, j the operat9ng unit's inoperable L25-Volt D.C. bus having an inoperable A chargert =:::: 2 Ta ::!-trit"9 ,

.Ar. With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 125-Volt D.C. bus that

' 2J.;. /uo A is required to be OPERABLE and with both units shutdown (Modes 5, 6. or

m r,5 m p gdefueled)forD.C. bus up to 7 days provided items 3 and 2 below are satisfied.the 125-Volt D.C. bu Otherwise open one of the crosstie breakers, i

l i .R 7 The opposite unit's bus load is restricted to:

l Opposite Bus /0perable B' Load j

Ratterv !itatus I Batterv e Restriction i G..:::-:t : _ AT . ;; . .)

, th r '

p f If a load restriction applies then once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months verify that the M8 i g ., opposite shutdown unit's bus loading will not exceed the load w ,J.*g g .,,9%g restriction.ar . ., .~,e m..a u we,w s .<,n u--41nsn 3; s-'se- )

i

'i#3ith dMeninrea ..z5 noit D.J M inoperable, k treet for the allowancet ?

, p y,p c -: of AL ium 4 ,

a or ' on onoveJ . mediately suspend al' operations involving '

'LDRt Al.ltMA mDN5, pos1 ;ivt reactivity additions, or mov3 ment of irradiated

fuel; initista corrective action to restore the recuired bus to OPERABLE j status Cs ;ee . .. e- .WJand nothin E hours, mpressurize anVvent thel i rReactor Loolanusystem Inrouch4 least a 2 soufre inc.'. vent / /

w s.r 3.5-e ss ;

SURVEILLANCE RE00fREMENTS I

se. 3.s.(;w smn t-**s D J & '

The above re irea 125-volt ft. bus fed frcyits battery an '

(4.8.2.2 ts i associated charge 11 be demons ted OPERA 3LE per Specificatio 4.8.2.1.1

utnd 4.8.2.1.2. / )

4 i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-13 wNDMENT NO. 59

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.5 INSERT 3.81M (M ) 3 The following shall be OPERABLE. with at least one crosstie breaker open:

a. One DC electrical power subsystem capable of supplying one division of the onsite Class 1E electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10. " Distribution System-Shutdown": and

b. One source of DC electrical power, other than that required by LC0 3.8.5.a. capable of supplying the remaining onsite Class 1E DC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) when required by LC0 3.8.10.

INSERT 3.8 138 (La)

NOT E --

LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable.

INSERT 3.8 13C (M3 )

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1.1 Declare affected Immediately DC electrical power required feature (s) subsystems inoperable inoperable, for reasons otler than l Condition B. ...

12/17/97 Revision C

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LCO 3,8,5 INSERT 3.8 130 (Ln)

. SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY SR 3.8.5.1 - - - - - - - ----- NOT E ---- - - - - - ---

The following SRs are not required to be performed: SR 3.8.4.6. SR 3.8.4.7. and SR 3.8.4.8.

For DC sources required to be OPERABLE. tha In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8,4.1 SR 3.8.4.5

. SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.3 SR 3.8.4.7 SR 3.8.4.4 SR 3.8.4.8.

INSERT 3/4 8 13E (La)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. ... ...

MQ Immediately A.2.5 Declare affected Low Temperature Overpressure l

Protection feature (s) inoperable.

12/17/97 Revision C

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 Battery Cell Parameters (8yron) 3.8.6 INSERT 3.8 13F (La )

l Deleted in Revision C i

12/17/97 Revision C

Lco 5. t.%

L c.o 7. F, c

t.S ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS f,g,p(~ n: '~!m DJ 57EIEUTICg Gr+4d*5 - Ad**

MEP 2 E T ID LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 2me.T T

3. 34 A f%

2...;.2 A: : -iri = , th: f:1huing *.C. :h:trie:1 bun:: h:1' be cre ebh)

N :nd enerched da the creci#d ed s- e-- 1 y (5'ne')4160-Volt n ESF Bus (141 @ 142 for Unit 1) (241 @ 242 for Unit'2),

%, hUnit480-Volt 2)

ESF Bus (131Xh132X for Unit 1) (231Xhj232X for MJ h. on 480-VoltESFBas(131Zh1322forUnit1)(f312or2322for nit 2), and (T. mux

' ' *l' W T

'ti, ofthe120-Volta.C. instr..mentbusseslp ere fro thei )

as ci ed ver 't w in li.ve er 'onne ed it D.C. power i

APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6 (b;. %s y ., ,,g,g g m. ,., , a

'Y

s.u mr 4 rear . 3. F- 4.c- (L3 *>

p 1.sn emp4 ACTION: fmw or wat enal.ral u-- av N. w h*s',m o e IC'*"** u* hw ) W With C r c' th: Iber: rc: ire C b=:tr Jinoperable r aat ea--cue 4 immed' ately# suspend all operations involving CORE ALTERATIONS, positive s.

reactivity changes, movement of irradiated fuel,(e c-ane creratier "ith "-- ' '

th'- 5 heur: :: re nurft: :n: v:n t u ^ ^ rJ

{c_-tr: =::: fu:1 ;;;Ujar.:

--6er n :nn ; c :: :n '-9 cc,t/ In : diti:n, wh:n " "0E 5 uitt th: nI Imu,T . [733cto, cesient isop; nat filic or in "Os" c witt k:: th n 22 < ret c' berated

s. adW 6 ter -ever ng the rsrter ere r' <' new/immediately initiate corrective i

action to restore the required A.C. bus $es) to OPERABLE status, g

a.a Oc.es+ n m (A,a,s u ,u.n ,A f olu f w. aesee,;a4 el he pr+ re.mau re.A OAh< r4/+1 WeparaWe, ee'm 421ehly

h J E.10 AA A.;tg+--(2 *++Er if -ild-SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS J J,t.t.n 4 d s.la.1 a.C. .a The specified busses shall be determined energized in the required manner at least once per 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignment and indicatea voltage on the busses.

, . 1 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-16

CTS INSERT (S)

SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.8 LC0 3.8.10 INSERT 3.8166 (M3 )

LCO 3.8.10 The necessary portions of the following AC and DC ESF divisions, and AC instrument bus power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to support equipment required to be OPERABLE.

INSERT 3.8 16B (M3 )

LCO 3.8.8 The following shall be OPERABLE:

a. Two inverters supporting one division of onsite Class 1E AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution System-Shutdown", and

b. One source of instrument bus power other than that required by LCO 3.8.8.a. capable of supplying the remaining onsite Class lE AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystem (s) when required by LCO 3.8.10.

l INSERT 3.8 16C (La)

NOTE- -

LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable.

12/17/97 Revision C

l l

.- CTS INSERT (S) -

,. SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.8 LCO 3.8.10 i INSERT 3.8 16D (Lis) d t

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION . COMPLETION TIME i .

l . A. .. , , A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately

Temperature

. Overpressure l-Protection

- feature (s) inoperable.

{

4 1

l 4

9 5

} '

i-i 1

i I

s.

m 12/17/97 Revision C is 4

- - , - - - av- -- rr - - - - - - - - . - .c . - * -i y-- - --e.-

, ,, , z.c o 9. r, p ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 4.c.o 3 5. I SURVFILLANCF REOUTREMENTS W-e-H-S Each of the above required independent circuits between the offsite transmission network and the Onsite Class IE Distribution System shall be:

n s. t. l.1 #: Determined OPERABLE at least once per 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignments, indicated power availability, and i.4 A ~5. f.1. ? . Art' Demonstrated OPERABLE at least once per 18 months G rira 1. 2 1 y transferring manually unit power supply from the normal circuit to the alternate circuit.

G.E.1.2 D Each diesel generator shall ,e demonstrated OPERABLE:

t. At least once per 31 days by:

s g 3,7, g, q J1 Verifying the fuel level in the day tank, sg.y.r.;,1 27 Verifying the fuel level in the fuel storage tank, y

& ,~,, w ,

S R .7, f, l. 4' Verifying the fuel transfer pump starts and* transfers fuel from the storage system to the day tank. n,rme s -,J :e2 Lt3 (([,ij) .Af Verifying the diesel starts rom ambient condition and accelerates to at least SO r;, din less than or equal to U g p.i,m i s

c. m . . _ '" . I 10 seconds, lhe/ generator voltage and frequency shall be U

                        " ' ~    ' - ' "

4160(b44G volts and 60 1.2 Hz f dth" m :: nnd:- dt: ^h:) E N etrt saran / T)ie diesel generator shall be started or this tes". oy using one of the followin signals: k20 Mu _g a) b) Manual or Sim ated loss of ESF s voltage by itu f, or h c) mulated loss of E bus voltage in onjunction with an SF actuation tes signal, or n?,t.i.: *Te ,7, u d An ESF actuati test signal by ' self.

                                                          -(s u cer             2. r-3 A    ,

t.(

                     ,yg 1,$,i,3                   .fr)~     Verifying the generator is synchronized, loaded to greater,than
                                                           ,or equal to 5500 kW un accordance with the manufacturer's ?                                    Lil g a.s.t.3 tun.i                :        1 reconnendati ons*), operates with a load greater than or equ'al to amn w #                          M 5500 kW for at least 60 minutes, and "0)        V:ri fying - he dic:e4-generater i; di:=d t preade-Hanseyj
                                                            ;;mr to=the-essec4eted-EEF-busses.(                                                           h Sit i.1. I.5          jf.           At least once per 31 daysiand Ofter-eech Operatier of the diere!                                       t.7

[ 2:re th: p:ried of ;:r: tier =: L:;ter th= or ::=' t: ! 5=r by - checking for and removing accumuTated wate Ffrom the day tanks; JR 311.':. MO*TET SA E.1.17 M**I WM 1' N2 EAT 3 t-38 4

                              *The diesel generator start (10 see) fra (a:m=t) conditions shall be performed at least once ner 184 days in these surveillance tests./ All other engine starts)

Ifor the purpo f this surveillance tpsting may be preceded by engine prelubel period and other warmup procedurAs reconnended by the ma acturer so that / 4

                              .mechanica stress and wear on thVdiesel enoine is minimi                                        ./

nnavn.ennn . fthffTC 1 9 9 i n c _7 aut smuest i- sin ""

                                                                                                                       -        s....

EtrCTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ' Soed.oa5.t) f OM SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS fContinued) M .'. t. t. 3 c: At least once per 31 days by checking for and removing accumulated water from the fuel oil storage tanks; E By sampling new fuel oil in accordance with ASTM-04057 prior to addition to storage tanks and:

1) By verifying in accordance with the tests specified in ASTM-0975-81 prior to addition to the storage tanks that the sample has:

a) An API Gravity of within 0.3 degrees at 60*F or a specific gg . gg gravity of within 0.0016 at 60*F, when compar,ed to the 4 688 W O M "",'f " supplier's certift. ate, or an absolute specific gravity at 60*F of greater than or equal to 0.83 but less than or 4 equal to 0.89, or an API gravity of greater than or equal to 27 degrees but less than or equal to 39 degrees; ' b) A kinematic viscosity at 40*C of greater than or equal to An 1.9 centistokes, but less than or ept:al to 4.1 centistokes, if the gravity was not determined by comparison with the supplier's certification; i c) A flash point equal to or greater than 125*F; and d) A clear and bright appearance with proper color when tested in accordancs with ASTM-04176-82. i

2) By verifying within 30 days of obtaining the sample that the other properties specified in Table 1 of ASTM-0975-81 are met i when tested in accordance with-ASTM-D975-81 except that the analysis for sulfur may be performed in accordance with ASTH-01552-79 or ASTM-D2622-82. -

                          ,r At t

least once every 31 days by obtaining a sample of fuel oil from t he storage tank, in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78, and verifying hat total particulate contamination is less than 10 mg/ liter wnen

'                                 checked in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78             Method A.

SE L El.12 anal 4 R 5.1 4 11 h E At least once per 18 months O r m; :n n ac q_ by: Wm J.fa#4 ) l 1 ( n m =a

            $R 7.r.l.9          27
                                                                         jag @ff I*'t8*)         h Verifying the generator / capability to reject a load of creater.

b l

                                        ,than or equal to Om Zwhile maintaining (Voltace at 4160_ ',                                     c 4m                      voltD@ frequency at 60 4.5 Hz, (transient state), 60 1 oc
                         - a io       ' 1.2 Hz (steady state),

b Li

                               ;          wxn               LP-

B

                                                                    'r ,

eg ww m wyreayavek BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 mod '"-"-"-"- ' ~

CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.1 INSERT 3.8 4A (A) 3 SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY SR 3.8.1.9 -------- - -- NOTE = This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. ---

=_

SR 3.8.1.10 ------- --------NOTE -

1. .

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

SR 3.8.1.11 -- NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3 or 4. SR 3.8.1.14 -- NOTES

1. ...

2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.

12/17/97 Revision C s

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued) - sA Habe L Tese T -1. % = F k - ' L& Sit J. f. l .10 -37 4 Verifying the iesel generator capability to reject a load of

n. a o u s . 3 7 , 5500 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not exceed 4784 volts during and following the load rejection, go- .- a um se s. .aaeu ;

       $R f.8.l.//                               M CEmmt9c)a loss of ESF bus voltage by itself, and:

a) Verifying de energization of the ESF busses and load [ shedding from the ESF busses, and b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connceted 1 safe shutdown loads through the load sequencing timer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its da } generator is loaded with the shutdown loads. After L f- energization, the steady-state voltage and frequency of ' the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 volts S and 60 1.2 Hz during this test. !Wo., j a t o r s ..w o +v.4 - 3 sg s.g. l . r :. ST Verifying that on an ESF' Actuation test signal = :n ' n :j-1 } :f T := colte:d, the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal and operates on standby for greater than or equal q i

                                                             .-                           to 5 minutes. The generator voltage and frequency shall be l  l 0                                                                          4160         volts ano 60L+.J1.2 Hz within 10 seccnds after the x--                                                       ggg                                      signal; the generator rteady state generator voltage                                                  C she.1                                                            Land requency shall be maintained within these limits during                                                                           ;

3 e s r G 9 .-s a st this test; --

                                                                                                                                                                                     %g , ,. g, ,,, % )      p 9 g g,,,fg                                 M                                          m.e~ a)1oss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with ank ESF Actuation test signal, and (on an a)    Verifying deenergization of the ESF busses and load shedding from the ESF busses; b)    Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 st.conds, energizes the auto-connected emergency (accident) loads through the LOCA sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with emergency loads. After energization, the steady-state voltage and frecuency of

U the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 volts and 60 + 1.2 Hz duririg this test; and t 920 - S p)' Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips,

                                                                                                                                                                                                  -no        g Sc y.r.l.13 except engine overspeed and generator differential, are automatically bypassed upon loss-of-voltage on the emergency
                 .                                                                              bus concurrent with                                          afety Injection Actuation signal.
                                                                                                                                                                         % u a.u o c.4am :

l 3/4 8-5 SkAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2

l CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LC0 3,8.1 INSERT 3.8 5A ( L ,. ) SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY SR 3.8.1.10 -------NOTES - -- l 1, Momentary transients above the voltage limit do not invalidate this test. I 2' . _ _ 12/17/97 Revision C

CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.4 INSERT 3.8 11A (A ) 3 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.7 -------------------NOTE----- --------

1. ..

2. This surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4 INSERT 3.8 118 (L 3) 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.6 Battery Parameters LCO 3.8.6 Battery parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1.

APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. ACTIONS NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. 12/17/97 Revision C s

U ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued) t be ] 4.5.2.1.2 E.cii 125-v uli batterj bank- end it, essocieted cherge, g,el i demeMtMted-OPERASQLF g '"

             'nu u- ne 3 OLu              -e. At least once per -days by verifying that:

EE 3M l -t) The parameters in Table 4.8-2 meet the Category A limits, and m 2.sA. l+)- The total battery termina' voltaoe is greater than or equal to eat charge. 130.5 volts GATH+-120 .o L Mu=idD o l At least once per 92 days and within 7 da ter a battery discharge

                        -b with battery terminal voltage below 110 volts, or battery overcharge                                                                            4 M ? M . 2. with battery terminal voltage above 145 volts, by verifying that:.                                                                        l 4}     The parameters in Table 4.8-2 meet the Category B limits,                                                                           I CF E B 4 2. 44      There is no visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, 150 x 10 oh , we (

ortheconnec@t_ionresistanceoftheseitemsislesstha CR 1.6 4.3 -3t The avera e electrolyte temp rature of all connected cells is T above 60* .(wery i%y 3 muoi % or , e, At least once per 18 months by verifying that: and battery racks show no visual O CR E.6 4,2 The cells, cell plates,damaae or abnormal deteriorationg

                               %              M ia tinn nf nhvtical                                                                                                        g.

L mm coum demhd t. awry pertoi inonce, j g CR E64 4 4) The coated with anticorrosioa material, cell-to-cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and m 1.5 4.E OF The less resistance than or equal of each to 150cell-to-fell x 10' ohQ,and and terminal connection is CF 1.3 4.6 4) The battery charger will supply a loao equal to the manufacturer's rating for at east 8 hou me, , y

           ? M A,7

At least once per 18 monthsc-emna cuteewn; by verifying that the battery ,capagity is adeouate to suoply and maintain in OPERABLE status gli ut the (ectuel er siinuleted smergency loads for the design duty cycle when the battery 1syub. lect to a battery service test:

Cre7nted) O 8 the cross -::r nkl ,

                   *00tained by subtractino the normal resistance of: l !)2'l the bi-level rack I cenn :te?-{0euld er.ly: '00 : 10 ~ :.t , si;O; ;;d                                                                                               I connector MmR ATiT :nd 00 ld.i 150 x 10 " ohm', typica l); from the measured l cell-to-cell connection resistance.

AMENDMENT NO. 47 RRAinWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-11

u: o 5. E. 4 ELECTRICAL nOWER SYSTEMS f! N$ tfT S , f

dl A A A SURVE1LL ANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued) /

I ' J At least once per 60 months :,;r m: .::: A lby verifying that tne gg y,g'g' 3 .x battery capacity is at least 95% g ::,, := ;n::: of the ,

                       , manufacturer's rating when subjected to a 0:rt: m n:: ::::hr:: i::n                         (.

pr.-4)modifiedperformancedischaroetest./Themocifieoperformance piscnarge test i m i, 2nc m pert: :rce 9 : & r;e !::t 'C: 9 ) ma 3 7 g 3',' 9,9 ', be performed in lieu of the battery service test reouired by a Neft. I hpecification_d.8.2.3.2d.:_f g

4 m ur .y ,,,% 3 7 ,At least en h o k k b (O m .;_,0 :c;, a b y giving Ge Teo ,o d g J.3.y,3 /,c:nnr n :::t: ed modified performance discharge tests of battery ~

                      ' capacity to any battery that shows signs of degradation or has reached 85% of the service life ex pected for the application.<

[Deoracationisindicatedwhentheaatterycapacityoropsmorethan50

                        ':::,, icFiGumidi of rated capacity frc:n its capacity on the
                      '                                 vu modified performance test, or is below (previous    ...

100%A*tii i 73;. ... . m e(Guuidi of the manufacturer's rating. _ ) Ars mW mpotiry /, \CC',, d n .ct ,a, tscTu r (r's mho CJ lf? Q a a2:ths <A& m n, ,u re m en s c"/, ,a me er.pec.rea \;re witn .~v.an t ; a s or/. J <r.onu t aciuv er :

 ,                    i ct u ig s

coa tmunnn . imrTc i t 7 1/4 R-Ila AMENOMENT NO. 47

1 4: CTS INSERT (S)'- SECTION 3.8 i i (- LCO 3.8.4 INSERT 3.8 11aA (A3 ) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY i

         . l-       SR 3.8.4.8
                       - ---                ---- NOTE -------------                                            This                             <

surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. I or 4. ) 4 i 1 i 4 F t i 4 4 ! 12/17/97 Revision C-1 '.

3 (~i.s .t. -D : r TABLEN.:;4 p.i".Q BATTERY ""~f!" L"Mr RfoUIREMENTS q Wr.u encamcar) i CATEGORY A"3 CATEGORY B @ 08 LIMITS FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH ALLOWABLE PARAMETER DESIGNATED PILOT CONNECTED CELL VALUE FOR EACH CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of Level indication mark, indication mark, ' plates, and g 4" abnve and s n' above and not maximum level maximum level overflowing indication mark M- indication mark b

                                                                                                                                           > 2,14 volts Float Voltage            1 2.18 volts                         1 2.18 volts Not more than 0.020 below the average of                     ,

all connected Specifig3 2 1.280 cells g) , Gravityc n t 2 1.285 Average of all Average of all ( connected cells connected t cells ,

                                                                                                > 1.290                                    2 1.280 TABLE NOTATIONS                           hN                              "F CcMD A                      -f+)    For any Category A parameter (s outside the limit (s) shoen the battery i

i gA . A.2t. A. 3 maybeconsideredOPERABLEprov)idedthatwithin24hourssilthe Categor l values,y and B provided measurements all Category are taken-A and B and meter found to rn.tored (s) are ~ be within to thei- allow within limits within M ; ::: Ocays. QP- - For any Category 8 parameter (s)<outside th imit(s) shown, the battery COND A @) g g 3,2 g,A,3 may be considered OPERABLE provided that the Category B sarameters_are within their allowable values and3rovide t ategory i parameter (s) are restored to within limits within @ days. Si c o N C) B @) Any Category B parameter not within its-a e value indicates en . inoperable battery. N L c Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level.;

                        -d            Cr battery charging current N less than 2 amps when on charge.(

b Corrected for average- electrolyte temperature. .

,\

el Currechors on Beoi cuot tr. nt.)oc. t e qu u eci wlge g. b3Mer y clin 9H '9 - L6 Lft v en _ _ ___ u .n c:t:c L(c) $ ic occec,toUe ' 4 ihe. e\ech ci)1 e bev e\ -io 4n . pm i t ot gav e W e gec.th eci encuou u i . Ab " $ e @ Ml'6 " 'O Ch"? ' ' ' *# ' di: netc.Nertlcwi%.. d 94d1 '9usemmt:, l%.p. .. ba..w.,%w..?.Mde<.a

                        <                             n .n.u demawnum.f m e ur=4 ....r 7%days.wom e w ao n f +ne     chnigog w aue.urimt
                                                                                                                      *=  -

is used += sat.s* towo A Wih u se; or i ou c Lwner ie; with one or n ist e \-ones g ; ett tur ai. .i. RA A.l noF within itechip s leCai *t rcar. /.:t tBvdtuot re. /tiait lu. ori. ows > Willo h Iliour Table vern-/ Caiqc 2.s.e s l i . . . n :.)glo'+ cri t

                                                ....,re   ,_. . ' -                 'uo&                                                     AMENDMENT NO. 47

L'O 7. E.T

           -),g    ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS                                                                   l.w 1. 7.10 3.t.(     D.C. SOUR L O E 3.i

( %UTDOWN LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION iso y,s.g'.e----c smus a.s.on & nh ( un 3.1 10 As a ~ mum, one G D-vol t D. C . busJfe~d it om its Ratt9ry anjiMts g,y 3.5. capacityAhargerjaa with one of its asJa,ciated as ciated f he ocen Desition umil be OMRABLE. / ,/ crpsstie enkers i APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6,(F.,~Idi be **+ 4 irr g h 4 4 G m ,r. 4 h , Q ACTION: z g y,g h

                  %.      With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the lZ5-Volt D.C. bus that is required to be OPERABLE and with the opposite unit operating (Modes 1, go y a'               2, 3, or 4), the shutdown unit's operable 125-Volt D.C. bus may energize the operatino unit's inoperable 125-Volt 0.C. bus 'naving an inoperable chargerf=ttt::t : :::: n;t ; t;r )

A, 125-Volt 0.C. bus that Af* With both of the crosstie breakers closed for thr:sautoown (Modes 5, 6. or tco J,r.f: cup A is reautred, to thebe OPERABLE 125-Volt and may D.C. bus with energize both unit t> he opposite unit's 125-Volt a y,y,g pupp defueled)for D.C. bus up to 7 days provided items 1 and 2 below are satisfied. Otherwise open one of the crosstie breakers. 4 7 The opposite unit's bus load is restricted to: Opposite Bus Operable fbtf Load Ratterv Status Batterv 7voe Festriction nocerable ,U &T '400 Amos i . ON ther ) Leo ys,5 &c p p .9) If aosite load restriction applies, then once per 12 hours verify tnat the shutdown unit's bus loading; will not exceed the load

                                                                                                          !~ H C-opp $ ,'$$ "a w ..m
                                   *                   ,u pc. e u,-. a siow m ye d $* w u.o 2.t3 &P ^
     # ### "r:# WithSTreovired 125-Valt D.C. ousfinoperable, forcent forthea170wances7 ving g y'g'g: T CORE       C 10N5        fa) or (b) a >ovej 1mmediately suspend all operations 1:1vo' i

' ALTERATIONS, positive reactivity additions, or movement of irradiated fuel; initiate corrective action to restore the recuired bus to DPERABLE status 0: ::: ; x;;;Me,3rna wittpr 6 noursAepressur>fe and ~vept tne) i a 2 Muare incVvent 3"""- MFeacter LooiantAvstem inreuch at #er st b zuw.s.cr 3.5-i3 E. SURVTILLANCE REQUIREMENTS [ 6A 1.t.f I = W+" h'*'N k t C .C. bus >'ed f rom _ i tyb'attery and > CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.8 LC0 3.8.10 INSERT 3.8 16D (La) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. . A.2.6 Declare affected Low Imediately Temperature Overpressure l Protection feature (s) inoperable. 12/17/97 Revision C

~~-.,yovu >.w(- .- .w --gm-.e,y 7 .---.-- y, em-g.4..v .q.*%ve my,,-p-- p +y,iw w -.=.g. y q, - wT-~~
l DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES (A) Ai All reformatting, renumbering, and editorial iewording is in accordance with the Westinghouse Standard Technical Specifications. NUREG-1431. During the development certain wording preferences or English language conventions were adopted. As a result. the Technical Specifications (TS) should be more readily readJble. and therefore understandable, by plant operators and other users. During the reformatting, renumbering, and rewording process, no technical changes (either actual or interpretational) to the TS were made unless they were identified and justified. A, A new Action is added which directs entry into ITS LCO 3.0.3 if: 1) two DGs are inoperable and one or more buses have one or more required
qualified circults inoperabin, or 2) cne DG is inoperable, one bus has

two required qualified circuits inoperable, and the second bus has one or more required qualified circults Inoperable (ITS LCO 3.8.1 Condition G). This avoids confusion as to the proper Action when multiple Conditions can be entered for multiple inoperabilities. Since this Action results in the same Action as intended in the CTS this change is cons 1dered administrative. See Discussion L,.,, for the technical change to one stenario.
A, CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.f. 4.8 2.1.2.d. and 4.8.2.1.2.f limitations on 18 month Surveillances, and SR 4.8.2.1.2.e (60 month Surveillance) to perform them "during shttdown" is more specifically presented in the ITS Surve111ances. The ITS SRs are presented with a more specific Note limiting the performance in certain Modes. While these limitations vary from SR to SR. each is consistent with the intent of "during shutdown" for each SR (as discussed with the NRC during ITS negotiations). See Discussion L CTS SR 4.8.1'y
.1.2.f.5) for deletion of the shutdown Since and SR 4.8.1,1.2.f.6.c). limitation this associated is only a with change in presentatirn of the CTS intent and current practice. this change is considered administrative.
A. CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.c *,) states "The cells, cell plates. and battery racks show no visual indications of physical damage or abnormal deterioration." This has been modified by adding "... that could degrade battery performance." This statement was added to provide clarification that the physical damage or abnormal deterioration specifically ap) lies to that which could potentially degrade battery
~~>erformance. T11s change is consistent with the NUREG-1431. as modified )y TSTF-38.~~
BYRON /BO IDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 1 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS A, CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.2) reau1res a single load reject with both a minimum and maximum transient generator frequency response acceptance criteria. ITS SR 3 8.1.9 requires only a maximum limit on transient frequency response. The load rejection transient induces a tem]orary over-f requency (cverspeed) translent, and could not pays 1cally challenge the CTS minimum frequency of 55.5 Hz. Elimination of a stated minimum transient frequency limit does not result in any technical change. and is therefore an administrative presentation Preference only l A, The CTS SR 4.8,1.1.2.f.7) requirement to aerform a DG restart test within 5 minutes after completing the 24 lour run, is clarified with footnote "**" to allow the restart after the diesel has been running at least 2 hours or operating temoeratures stabilize. ITS SR 3.8.1.15 eliminates the explicit option to nave the diesel run for 24 hours before running the restart test since this would comply with " operated for a 2 hours" requirement. Therefor e. eliminating an explicit Reference to the 24 hour test is considered an administrative change. A, CTS LC0 3.8.1.1. Action a and b detail various potent 1a1 causes of DG inoperability, which would not require demonstration of the 10 second start capability of the remaining Operable DG. These potential causes are only some of the causes that could be ruled out as potential common mode failures. Since the CTS Action more generally allows demonstration of the absence of any potential common mode failures, in lieu of an i actual DG start test. the spec 1fic list of potential causes is considered unnecessary. ITS LCO 3.8.1. Required Actions B.3.1 and B.3.2 present these requirements without the specific list of poss1ble causes. Since the technical requirements remain unchanged, this is considered a presentat1on preference only. A, CTS LC0 3.8.2.2. Action a, states that with one unit operating (Mode 1,
2. 3. or 4) and other unit shutdown (Mode 5. 6. or defueled) and with the DC bus crosstle breakers closed to supply power to a DC bus having an inoperable charger, there are no load restrictions imposed. Since this CTS action is an allowance with no specific actions associated with it. Action a is changed to a Note to ITS LC0 3.8.5, This change is a reformatting of existing allowances consistent with ITS writers guide philosophy. Since the technical requirements remain unchangea, this is considered a presentation preference only.
BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 2 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS A, ITS LCO 3.8.1. Condition D. !TS LCO 3.8.2. Condition A. and ITS LCO 3.8.7. Condition A. (corresponding to CTS LCO 3.8.1.1. Action b. CTS LCO 3.8.1.2. Action, and CTS LCO 3.8.3.1. Action b. respect 1vely). have been modified by a Note requiring entry into applicable Conditions and 1 Required Actions of ITS LC0 3.8.9 and ITS LC0 3.8.10 (Distribution ) Systems) If one required division is de-energized. This Note is i i necessary because power sources (AC. DC and inverters) are considered a support system to the Distribution System: therefore. ITS LC0 3.0.6 would allow taking Actions for the AC Sources only. However, in the case of an inoperable electrical power source such that a distribution system was de-energ1 zed, additional Actions may be required to assure continued safe operatica. Rather than specify those additional Actions in the sources Spec 1fications, direction is provided to apply the Actions of the supported Distribution System. This is an aaministrative change with no impact on safety because the new requirement 1s consistent with a reasonable Interpretation of the CTS. Aa CTS LC0 3.8.1.2 Actions detall the requirements for less than the required AC electrical power sources Operable. ITS LCO J.8.2 has separated the Actions into two Conditions: Condition A addresses one required qualified circuit inoperable; and Condition B addresses one
~~. required DG inoperable. Reformatting these requirements provides greater clarity fer the TS user. This change is consistent wi~th NUREG-1431.~~
An ITS SRs 3.8,3.1 and 3.8.3.3 are provided in Insert 3.8-4B for completeness, even though they are CTS SRs appropriately indicated (refer to CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.a.2) and 4.8.1.1.2.c). This is an administrative presentation issue only. ITS SR 3.8.3.2 refers fuel oil property testing to an Administrative Controls section Program. The details of the CTS conversion to these ITS Program requirements are addressed in Section 5.0. Au (Byron Only) Byron CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1 and 3.8.2.2. associated SRs. and Table 4.8-2. Reference AT&T and Gould batteries. Byron has only Gould batteries. Therefore all references to AT&T batteries have been deleted from ITS. An (Braidwood Only) Braidwood CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1 and 3.8.2.2 associated l SRs. and Table 4.8-2, and footnote 4.8.2.1.2.c.3). Reference AT&T and Gould batteries. Gould batteries have been replaced by AT&T batteries at Braidwood. Therefore all references to Gould batteries are no longer applicable to Braidwood Station, and have been deleted from ITS. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 3 12/17/97 Revision C l l
l l DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3,8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l l l TECHNICAL CHANGES MORE RESTRICTIVE (M) Hi CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.a.3) requires the verification of fuel oil transfer from the storage tank to the day tank. This CTS SR is not specific as or proving the automatic to whether the transfer transfer capability. is ITS performed SR 3.8.1.6 manually,lly specifica requires the automatic fuel oil transfer capability be verified. This represents a more restrictive requirement, wh1ch reflects the assumed safety basis of the system's design. Therefore this change will not result in any negative impact on safety. H, CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.f requires that a modified performance discharge battery test be performed at least once per 18 months. ITS SR 3.8.4.8 reduces this frequency to 12 months. This frequency change is based on IEEE 450. 1995 guidance. Therefore if the battery shows degradat1on, or if the battery has reached 85% of its expected life with < 100% manufacturer's rating, ITS SR 3.8.4.8 requires bettery testing be performed at 12 months. Reducing the frequency from 18 months to 12 months constitutes a more restrictive cnange. This change is consistent with IEEE 450, 1995 and NUREG-1431. 3 BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS M3 (continued)
~~d. ITS LCO 3 8.8. Inverters - Shutcown requires: 1) two Operable inverters to power two Instrument buses, and 2) when other~~
~~- instrument bus (es) are required to be energ12ed, providing other sources of power for those bus (es) (beyond the requirements of CTS LC0 3.8.3.2).~~
e. ITS LC0 3.8.10. Distribution Systems - Shutdown. requires all buses supporting features required to be Operable. to be energized. i .e. , to be Operable (beyond the requirements of CTS LCO 3.8.3.2).
H, The Applicability of CTS LCOs 3.8.1.2. 3.8.2.2. and 3.8.3.2 have been expanded to include "During movement of irrad1ated fuel assemblies." Tiis change was incorporated in ITS LCOs 3.8.2 and 3.8.5 to ensure that.
~~.n the event no fuel assemblies are loaded in the reactor vessel (i.e..~~
the unit is not in Mode 5 or 6). required systems will continue to be available to mitigate a fuel handling accident. This change is more restrict 1ve and is consistent with NUREG-1431. H, CTS LCO 3.8.1.2 Actions for inoperable AC sources, and CTS LCO 3.8.3.2 Actions for inoperable buses, require immediate corrective actions to restore the inoperability, but only "when in Mode 5 with the reactor coolant loops not filled, or in Mode 6 with the water level less than 23 feet above the reactor vessel flange." ITS LCO 3.8.2. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10 require the immediate corrective actions to restore the inoperable AC sources, inverters, and buses, respectively: regardless of plant conditions. This eliminates flex 1bility, and is therefore a more restr1ctive change. M, CTS LC0 3.8.1.1 Action d requires a unit with 2 inoperable offsite AC circuits to shut down to HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours if at least one circuit is not restored to OPERABLE status within 24 hours. ITS LC0 3.8.1. Condition F requires a unit to be in MODE 3 (HOT STANDBY) in 6 hours and to be in MODE 5 (COLD SHUTDOWN) in 36 hours if at least one circuit is not restored to OPERABLE status within 24 hours. The additional requirement to be in MODE 5. places the unit in a condition where the LCO does not apply. This change is more restrictive and is consistent with NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 9 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS H, CTS LCO 3.8.3.1. Actions a and b. and CTS LLO 3.8.2.1. Action d. have been modified in converting to ITS LC0 3.8.9. by the additional requirement to perform the action within "16 hours of discovery of failure to meet the LCO." This requirement is established to limit the maximum time allowed for any combination of required electrical distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If ITS LC0 3.8.9. Condition A. 1 1s entered while. for instance, a 125 VDC ESF bus is inoperable and subsequently restored Operable the LCO may already have been not met for up to 2 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours. Since initial failure to meet the LCO. to restore the AC distribution subsystem. At this time. a DC circuit could again become inoperable. and AC distr 1bution restored Operable. This could continue indefinitely. The Completion Time allows for an exception time to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LC0 was initially not met. Instead of the time Condition A was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. H, ITS LCO 3.8.10. Required Action A.2.5. 1s included to require the Actions associated with de-energized RHR subsystem (s) be taken. ITS LC0 3.0.6 allows the Actions for inoperable distribution systems to be taken. and thereby not take Actions for each inoperable supported component. The added Action assuies the appropriate consideration is applied for shutdown cooling systems that are without required power, and since this requirement is not found in CTS LCO 3.8.3.2. is a more restrictive change. M, CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.a.5) (DG 60 minute load run) is required on a monthly basis, but is not restricted to following a successful performance of the DG 10 second start surveillance. The ITS however. does impose this limitation on the DG load run (ITS SR 3.8.1.3. Note 4). Ha CTS Table 4.8-2. Table Notation (1) has been modified by adding the phrase "AND once per 7 days thereafter," The addition of this new requirement const1tutes a more restrictive change. This change is consistent with both IEEE 450, 1995 and NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 10 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS Section 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Hn As a result of the Comed Dresden Nuclear Power Station Electrical Distribution System functional Inspection (EDSF1). setpoint calculations were performed to determine the adequacy of the second level (degraded) undervoltage setpoints. These calculations resulted in new, more conservative (i.e. higher) setpoints for the second level undervoltage relays, The new setpoints are set to ensure that equipment downstream of the 4.16 kV buses (1.e. . at the 480 VAC and 120 VAC Jevels) will receive sufficient voltage levels in order to operate satisfactorily in the performance of their safety related functions during a transient, in support of these more conservative settings the emergency diesel generator's minimum acceptable voltage level requires being raised to a value of 3950 VAC. This higher value is within the capabilities of the Byron /Braidwood equipment, and will ensure that in the event of a loss of Offsite Power. the necessary low voltage sensitive components will operate as required. Increasing the minimum acceptable voltage from 3740 VAC to 3950 VAC represents a more restrictive requirement. consistent with plant specific analyses and current procedural controls. Therefore this clange will not result in any negative impact on safety. H,i CTS Table 3.8.6-1. footnote (5) applies to CTS Category A limits and Category B allowable limits for each connected cell and states. Or battery charging current is less than 2 amps when on charge." ITS revises this footnote by adding the statement. "following a battery recharge, for a maximum of 7 days. When charging current is uzd to satisfy specific gravity requirements. specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the 7 days." ITS places additional restrictions over CTS in that the battery charging 4 current when on float charge is acc6ptable for meeting the specific gravity limits, only when following a battery recharge and for a maximum of 7 days. Placing the restrictions of only after the battely recharge and the 7 days limitation. constitutes a more restrictive change. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 10a 12/17/97 Revision C
~~- - - ,- -,- -,---,e. . - . , - , - , ,, .-- , , _ . - - . - - - _~~
4 I l 4 DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 . ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l LA, CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.3.c) footnote states that cor.nection resistance is
; obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the cross room rack l connector and the bi-level rack connector from the measured cell-to-cell j connection resistance. This detail is relocated to the ITS Bases.
References to " typical values" for Gould battery cross room rack and AT&T and Gould battery bi-level rack normal resistances have been deleted. This detail is not directly related to the OPERABILITY of the Dattery. As such, the relocated requirement is not required to be in the 15 to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of this Information maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to this recu1rement will be made in accordance with the Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.5. LA g CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.1 and 4.8.1.1.2.] require veri fication o' the ability to cross-tie the "A" DGs to the respective opposite unit's 4 kV ESF bus. This capability is not a credited function for any assumed design basis event, and 15 not needed to preclude any new or d1fferent accident (refer to DOC "L," for a related discussion). This Surveillance is to be relocated to the TRM. This Surveillance confirms the abil1ty to
)ower a unit-specific auxiliary feedwater pump from the opposite-unit Xi, which may De needed in certa 1n station blackout scenarlos. However, this cross-tie ability is not directly related to the Operability of a unit's AC power sources. or tc the verability of a unit's auxiliary feedwaterBum). As such, this relocated requirement is not required to be in the .e:1nical Specifications to provice adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocating this surveillance maintains consist (ncy with NUREG-1431. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59.
LA n CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.13), to verify the DG lockout features prevent DG starting only when required is to be relocated to the TRM. If a DG lockout feature prevents the DG from operating during an accident, this will still be identified during the LOOP. LOCA, and LOCA/ LOOP DG Surve111ances (ITS SRs 3.8.1.11, 3.8.1.12. and 3.8.1.19), which are currently performed at the same periodicity as the " lockout" Surveillance. Since the condition requiring the lockout is one that reflects DG inoperability, failure of a lockout feature to 3roperly lockout a DG does not in itself. impact DG Operability. T11s requirement is not necessary to ensure the Operability of the DGs. The requirements of ITS LC0 3.8.1 and the associated Surveillance Requirements are adequate to ensure the DGs are maintained Operable. As such, this requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocating this surveillance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to th;s requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. 8YRON/BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 14 12/17/9/ Revision C
~~-.~r - - , - - - - - #- y~~
l O!SCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LA u CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.h details for the method for cleaning the diesel fuel storage tank (1 e. " draining." " removing the accumulated sediment " and "using a sodlum hypochlorite solution"), and the requirement to perform a pressure test on the DG fuel oil system piping, are to be relocated to ! the TRM. The CTS details regarding the methods of tank cleaning reflect a preventative type of SR. Sediment in the tank. Or failure to perform this SR. does not necessarily result in an inoperable storage tank or DG. Preventative maintenance SRs generally have been relocated from the TS and allowed to be under licensee control, as they are 1ot necessary for assuring Operability. The pressure test of the fuel oil system 1s covered by ASME Code SECTION XI Article IWD-5000. As such, this requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protect 1on of the public health and safety. Relocat1ng this
~~' surveillance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. as modif1ed by l TSTF-2. Revision 1. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59.~~
~~LA n CTS LC0 3.8.1.2 Actions on the 1noperab111ty of a required AC source, and CTS LC0 3.8.3.2 Actions for ino)erable buses, require suspension of~~
":ranc operations with loads over tie spent fuel pool." " Crane operation" issues are relocated from the CTS (e.g.. CTS LC0 3.9.7. " Crane Travel - Spent Fuel Storage facility"). based on the administrative controls on heavy loads. Therefore, the Actions associated with crane operation following a loss of power sources are to be relocated to the TRM consistent with other heavy-loads issues. The design features and 3ystem operation are also descr1 bed in the UFSAR.
As such. these requirements are not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocat1on of these requirements maintains cor,sistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to these requirements will be mad 6 .n accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. LA 3 CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1. 3.8.2.2. 3.8.3.1. and 3.8.3.2 provide details defining the Operability of the DC electric sources. Instrument Buses and the Instrument Bus inverters. These details consist of design features which are adequately detailed and controlled in the UFSAR and ITS Bases. The details relating to system design, function, and Operability are not necessary in the ITS LCO. The definition of Operability suffices. As such, these details are not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of these details maintains the consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to these details will be made in accordance with tne Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.5. and in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59 for UFSAR revisions. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 15 12/17/97 Revision C s
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 . ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LA 3 CTS SR 4 8.2.1.2.f contains inforination regarding battery degradation criteria. This information is to be relocated to the ITS Bases. This information Is not necessary to ensure the Operability of the batteries. The requirements of the ITS are adeouate to ensure the batteries are maintained Operable. In addition. ITS SR 3.8.4.8 continues to require , the increased test 1ng frecuency when battery degradation is discovered. As such, the relocated informat1on 1s not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of this information maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to the information concerning battery degradation criteria will be made in accordance with the Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.5. LA 3 CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.g requires a demonstrat1on of Operability after modifications which could affect DG interdependence. This recu1rement is to be relocated to the TRM. Verifying proper Operability. Including a simultaneous DG start af ter modifications which could affect DG Interdependence. 15 normal maintenance and operating practice. Any time the Operability of a system or component has been affected by repair. maintenance, or replacement of a component. Post maintenance testing is required to demonstrate Operability of the system or component. After restoration of a component that caused a required SR to be failed. ITS SR 3.0.1 requires the appropriate SRs (in this case ITS SR 3.8.1.20) to be aerformed to demonstrate Operability of the affected components. As suc1. the relocated requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocation of the requirement to ver1fy Operability of the DGs after mairtenance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 16 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS CTS SR 4 8.1.1.2.3 reau1res the montnly EG Surveillances be performed , Q "on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS." The intent of a requ1rement for staggered testing would be to increase reliability of the component / system being tested. However. Staggered testina has negligible proven impact on component reliability. Additionally. staggered testing 1s operationally difficult and has no impact on fallure frequency. Therefore, the DG staggered testing requirements have been deleted. However. in its place ' 1s an ITS restriction that limits performance of the DG load run sucn that it "shall be conducted on only one DG at a time" (ITS SR 3.8.1.3 Note 3). This 11m1tation will result in at least a minimum level of staggering of DG surveillances. CTS Table 4.8-2 footnote 4 has been revised to state. " level I L. correction is not required v. hen battery charging is < 2 amps ..nen on float charge." This is a less restrictive change since the CTS would l require the level correction to be made. Per manufacturer's i recommendation. the 2 amp 15 a nominal value for float charge representing a fully charged battery footnote a was added to the electrolyte level for Category A and B. The purpose of this footnote ensures that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. This would allow electrolytic level tc' be above the top of the plates and not overflowing. In accordance with CTS. If the electrolytic level were above the top of the plates, the cell / battery would be considered inoperable. Therefore, this change is considered less restrictive. In addition, footnote d has been moved from Category A and B allowable values for each connected cell specific gravity column to the parameter which now makes footnote d applicable to all three categories. Footnote d allows the float charge current to be used as an alternate to specific gravity. This is a less restrictive change since the CTS only allows for flexibility for Category A and Category B for allowable values whereas the ITS will allow this alternative for all Categories. This change is consistent with IEEE 450, 1995 and NUREG-1431. L, CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.b requires checking for and removing accumulated water from the DG day tanks every 31 days, as well as "after each operation of the DG of a 1 hour." The additional frequency of "after each operation of the DG .. of a 1 hour" is deleted (ITS SR 3.8.1.5), The fuel oil storage tank is similarly maintained free of accumulated water. therefore no water would be expected to be transferred as a result of a 1 hour DG run. As such, condensation is the e nected method of water accumulation within the fuel oil day tank, whici is a time dependent process, not a process dependent on the transfer of fuel oil during DG operation. Therefore elimination of this frequency does . lot result in any impact on safety BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 19 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES 10 CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Lu CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.g recuires the 10 year 51uultaneous start of both DGs. and st1pulates that this start be done "during shutdown." 1TS SR 3.8.1.20 does not dictate a restriction or plant status. Since this surveillance involves only the start of the DGs without any loading or shedding of ESF buses, without any paralleling of DGs to the ESF buses, and the DGs remain capable of performing their intended function, no restriction on performance of this SR is necessary to assure continued safe operation of the facility. Elimination of this restriction is consistent with NUREG-1431. Lu CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.a.4) and SR 4.8.1.1.2.g require the DG start within 10 second to a minimum speed of 600 rpm (wh1ch corresponds to a generator frequency of 60 Hz). ITS SR 3.8.1.7. SR 3.8.1.15. and SR 3.8.1.20 require the DG frequency be a 58.8 Hz in s 10 seconds. The purpose of this test is to confirm the DG ability to reach. in the required time. the point at which it can accept loads. Ine design of the DG 1s such that prior to reaching the speed corresponding to 58.8 Hz. the perm 1ssive to close the DG output breaker and accept loads is met. Therefore, the CTS requirement to reach 600 rpm (i.e. 60 Hz) in 10 seconds is not related to this SR basis, and 15 therefore revised to reflect the 58.8 Hz requirement. Lg The Acticns of CTS LCOs 3.8.1.2. 3.8.2.2 and 3.8.3.2. have been modified (to reflect ITS LC0 3.8.2. 3.8.5. 3.8,0. and 3.8.10) by a Note stating that ITS LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in Mode 5 or 6 (each of these LCOs is applicable in Modes 5 and 6). ITS LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action, however, if moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in Mode 1, 2, 3. or 4 ITS LC0 3.0.3 could require a unit shutdown. Since the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. 1nability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies 15 not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. Therefore, the Note has been added consistent with l other places where the Note appears in the ITS. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 21 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS La CTS LCO 3.8.3.1 allows restoration times for o..e division of AC ESF buses (8 hours - Action a), and one AC instrument bus (2 hours - Action b) de-energized. ITS LC0 3.8.9. Cond1tions A and B. allow one "or more" AC electrical power distribution subsystems to be inoperable for the same times, respectively. Concurrently, however. ITS LC0 3.C.9 Condition E is also added to require that if two or more electrical power distribution subsystems are inoperable, resulting in a loss of function, enter ITS LC0 3.0.3 immediately. The combination of the "or more" addition to ITS LCO 3.8.9 Condit1ons A and B. and the addition of Condition E along with ITS LCO 3.0.6. Safety Function Determination Program. ensure that with the loss of any electrical power distribution , system no loss of function will occur without the appropriate action. Therefore. this less restrictive change will have a negligible impact on safety. l La CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b.3) requires that once every 92 days and within 7 days afterabatterydischarge,theaverageelectrolytetemperatureis verified to be above 60 f. ITS SR 3.8.6.4 requires this same verification to be performed only once every 92 days. This is acce] table because a large discharge of the battery will tend to heat the pattery electrolyte not reduce the temperature. The requirement to measure electrolyte temperature is not necessary, iherefore, this less restrictive change will have no impact on safety. L3 CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.a requires verification of battery terminal voltage once per 7 days. ITS SR 3.8.4.1 provides a frequency of 31 days for this same surveillance. This change is acceptable because a monthly check of the battery terminal voltage in conjunction with other testing l performed on the batteries provides a high confidence that a battery failure will not go undetected during the extended surveillance frequency. To confirm that a monthly surveillance will have a neglig1ble impact on the battery availability a review was performed of the surveillance test history. This review confirmed that no battery failures were identified from the performance of the battery terminal voltage test. This frequency is consistent with IEEE-450, and l NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOO UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 25 12/17/97 Revision C
O!SCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l Ln CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.f reautres a " modified performance discharge test of j battery capacity to any battery that shows signs of degradation or has l reached 85% of service life expected for the application." The ITS < provides clarification by adding to the above requirement. ". . . with ! 100% of manufacturer s rating AND 24 months when battery has capacity reached 8<5% of the expected life with capacity a 100% of manufacturer's f rating" This change is a less restrict 1ve change since 1t allows reducing testing requirements in the event the battery is a 100% of manufacturer's rating. The CTS requires the battery testing be performed when the battery reaches 85% of expected service life. l regardless of its capacity. In addition, the frequency of performing battery testing has increased from 18 months (CTS) to 24 months (ITS) when the battery reaches 85% of its expected service life with capacity
~~' a 100% of manufacturer's rating. Reducing testing requirements constitutes a less restrictive change. This change 15 consistent with both the IEEE 450, 1995 guidance and NUREG-1431.~~
L,, CTS SR 4.8.2.2 for DC sources while shutdown, requires performance of all the Surve111ances that are required for DC sources while operating. ITS SR 3.8.5.!, Note. provides several exceptions to required demonstrations (although still retaining the applicability of the specific function to be Operable) that are not provided in CTS SR 4.8.2.2. The reason for the Note is to preclude requir1ng the Operable battery from being rendered inoperable during the performance l of SRs. With limited DC sources available, testing should not cause inoper3bility of a required source. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 26 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS l ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l Ln CTS LC0 3.8.2.1 includes requirements associated with DC electrical power source battery cell parameters. These requirements are moved to a l new Specif1 cat 1on. ITS LCO 3.8.6. " Battery Cell Parameters." Addit 1onally, several technical. as well as administrative changes (included for completeness) are provided ,
a. ITS LCO 3.8.6 is added to present requirements associated with the l battery cell aarameters. ITS LCO 3.8.6 extracts the applicable Actions and SRs identified in CTS LCO 3,8.2.1 associated with battery cell parameters. Furthermore, the Applicability of ITS 3.8.6 is "when associated DC electrical power subsystems are l required to be OPERABLE." This Applicability is consistent with CTS. This change is a presentation preference consistent with the NUREG-1431 Rev. 1. Therefore this 1s an aaministrative change with no impact on safety.

b. For ITS LC0 3.8.6 Actions, a Note is added to allow separate entry for each battery which provides explicit instructions for proper application of the Actions for Technical Specifications compliance. In conjunction with proposed Specification 1.3.
" Completion Times." the Note provides direction consistent with the intent of CTS Table 4.8-2. Since this change only ]rovides more explicit direction of the CTS requirements. this c1ange is administrative with no impact on safety.
c. CTS Table 4.8-2 is implemented by the performance of Surveillance Requirements; however, this Table also contains Actions which allow noncompliance with the specific requirements (Table Notations (1). (2), and (3)). ITS LCO 3.8.6 provides Actions if l battery cell parameters are not met. These Actions are less restrictive because they provide up to 31 days to restore a Condition that, under the CTS equivalent requirements, would result in the l'attery being declared inoperable within 7 days.
This change is acceptable because each of these parameters, while supporting battery Operability, contains substantial margin before reaching a condition that would prevent the battery from performing its safety function. Therefore, the limited levels of degradation perrritted by these new conditions justify some additional allowance for restoration. During the newly allowed restoration periods for these para 11eters, the battery is still capable of performing its intended function. Further, these l increased restoration periods are supported by NUREG-1431, Rev.1. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 27 12/17/97 Revision C s a
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Lu (continued)
d. ITS LCO 3.8.6 Condition A Required Action A.1 and associated Completion Time have been added. Condition A states. with one or more batteries with one or more battery cells parameters not within Category A or B limits. verify within 1 hour, pilot cells, electrolyte level, and float voltage meet Table 3.8.6-1 Category C limits. A battery cell not within Category A or B limits, but within Category C limits, may still have sufficient capacity to perform its intended function. Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B limits not met, and operation is permitted for a limited period. This is considered to be a less restrictive change since the CTS would require the battery cells to be considered Inoperable. this change is consistent with NUREG-1431.
l l l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 27a 12/17/97 Revision C l
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS j Ly A Note is added to CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.3) and ITS SR 3.8.1.10. which states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit do not invalidate the test. Based on plant experience and discussions With the DG manufacturer during a DG full load reject test. there 15 an Initial very high, very short duration voltage sp1ke (as high as 8000-9000 volts). The DG vendor has indicated that the momentary spike does not result in generator damage. The Installed plant instrumentation does not necessarily pick up this initial voltage spike due to the extremely short duration of the voltage sp1ke. However without such an allowance.1f sensitive instrumentation were used (in the future) during a DG full load rejection and this momentary voltage sp1ke was detected, the DG SR would not be met. As a result. Condition B of ITS LCO 3.8.1 would be entered. even though the DG responded as expected. In addition, Condition B requires performance of ITS SR 3.8.1.2 on the remaining OPERABLE DG. which would not be necessary. Because this allowance reflects the expected DG response and potentially prevents unnecessary DG starts. the allowance does not have an unacceptable im)act on safety. This change is consistent with allowances granted for otter Comed nuclear stations. L3 CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.a.5). 4.8.1.1.2.f.3). and 4.8.1.1.2.f.7) include requirements associated with loading the diesel generator to greater than or equal to the continuous rating of the DGs (5500 kW). Consistent with NUREG-1431. these SRs are modified in ITS SR 3.8.1.3 (31 day. 60 min run). SR 3.8.1.10 (full load reject) and SR 3.8.1.14 (24 hour run) to include a 90% to 100% of the continuous rating of the DGs load band (4950 kW to 5500 kW). In addition. the Note contained in ITS SR 3.8.1.15 (hot restart) includes this load band. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Revision 3 recommends that these tests be conducted at 90% to 100% of the DG continuous rating. The maximum expected accident load for the worst case DG is 5166 kW (Byron DG 1A - during the first 30 minutes). Therefore, conducting the tests utilizing the proposed load band still is representative of the postulated conditions for the DGs. Furthermore, performing tests at greater than or equal to the continuous rating of the DGs can increase the need for DG tear down and maintenance. Therefore this change does not have an adverse impact on safety. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 28 12/17/97 Revision C
)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS Section 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS La CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b.3) states. "The average electrolyte temperature of all connected cells is above 60*F." !TS changes this SR to state. "The average electrolyte temperature of all connected cells is equal to or above 60'F." This is considercd to be a less restrictive change, since it is allowing the tem i just being above 60*F.perature to be This change equal to is made tobe or consistent above 60'F instead with the of ' manufacturer's recommendations based on the battery sizing calculation, 19-D-21. Revision 6, and the battery load profile. In addition. this revised temperature is consistent with the ventilation system ca) abilities in the battery room, as well ac f')e recommendation of IEEE-450. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 31a 12/17/97 Revision C
AC Sources-Operating 3.9. SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY Verify correct breaker alignment and 7 days SR 3.8.1.1 indicated power availability for each . (requiredj e" ' ~ circuit. Q4utad) @ SR 3.8.1.2 -- - - - - - - - - - - - . - - . - N O T E@ . - -- . - - - - - -- - - - - JT Performance of SR 3.8.1.7 satisfies) O , this SR./ N All D y starts may oe receced Dy an s
~~@ e a:~~
~~4 /2. enghie prelube per d and followe by H armup ceriod ior to loadin_.~~
~~/T3g A modified OG start involving idling / <~~
and gradual acceleration to synchronous speed may be used for e this SR n "r rd:d 5; "r W -s- ' r t r e , When modified start procedures are not used, the time, voltage, and frequency tolerances - - of SR 3.8.1.7 must be met,
.......... ..........................----,. p y l ,h 31 da.v$
~~W ;g ;ific: m j j~~
. Verify each OG starts e,- ...._y h ei s a and achieves steady state J;b': ^_.C.: IJ voltage 2WQand $"{4580fV/ nd frequency 1758.8f ilz and 5761.2 z.
! @l> ( 2 9 tc0 (continued) 3.8-6 Rev 1, 04/07/95 . WOG STS
AC Sources-operating 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) SURVE!LLANCE FREQUENCY 5R 3.8.1.7 .----- --------- -NOTE----- ---------- -- I All a starts y be prece d by an e ine .? ; pr ube perio .
~~1. .........~~
.......... ........... ......i %cmau l Verify each DG starts rom (standby 184 days __
g conditionandachievesins(10fseconds, egg ; _ =5 7 2 voinge a4474 Y and s 45801 V, and ,e, d ,_, ;;,; g. 9 1 Q-(visq- frequency 2[58,)8)Hzand(5(61.2kHz. i M y
'~
~~SR 3.8.1.8 l -------------------NOH.------------------ Thia ~ ,,eill.c.;; ;h.11 net. is . . . T u , ,,.. J _ 8 ii n "00: ' r 2.f;; - ,s, , . . ; . n 1. ,, t:1~~
' t = :, e, _;.;-i..n d m t: tSt utt:fy; W t: ~ ~. f f s%. ................ __............... . ... ..
~~(nguindj Verify m ie = u :::: Dmanual[fransfer 318monthsP Q d of AC power circuit to(I Q sources x from the+normalt:m:::j~~
~~'t--:Dfrequired}IT,gp; - '*"o F:f": m ircui~~
[quousied] c s) W - (continued) l l . l l WOG STS 3.8-8 Rev 1, 04/07/95
~~.-- - - ~__.-____ _-- -_- -_- - -.. -~~
_ - - ._ - _.~ ... - _ AC Sourc41 : ora n SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS Ieontinued) SURVE1LLANCE FREQUENCY i I
---------.--------NOTES---------------.--- I o SR 3.B.1.9 K This Surveillance shall not be A i
~~performed in MODE 1 or 2.f M:r:::r, - re-ec:t :-e + " - #r- u S ed 3 ,~~
% , L:x-:: 9:t ::ti:f; t',i; :n.f / ) '2 . If perio a with the synenront a 1 g with of its power, shall be perfo ed at a pow factrJr i .9 } . J T..-...-....--.... -- ..--..........--..-. ;
, t Verify each DG rejects a load greater than 118monthsf or. equal to its associated single largest post-accident load, and:
~~a. Following load rejection, the frequency is S M z; 1~~
~~MM.S Y~~
~~/ollowing loar~~
~~b. c rejection, the 5~~
~~hb i h and,Pf4580fV;andoltage c .. .~~
~~- ,. m is(2'iM4(/V~~
~~c. c= n - - _ :u en;:0 011 ewing load rejectio the uency is t%58.8[nHzand$161.2fHz.~~
~~-------------------NOT ------- ---------~~
SR 3.8.1. 2 3ThisSurveillanceshallnotbeperformed U 9* in:ter MODE 1 or 2.f "; c;;r, :n - u ,;% te y
~~- r r u--ed re-t: th:t ::t d :fy s~~
~~": :n .'uri 1 t:M .2....-........~~
~~[ y - CH7tO _ 7 , Verify each DG C;: ;; =: : n- -==:-f'il8monthsf '~~
~~; = -c.:adoes not trip and voltage is ' maintained s v0c0, V durino and following a load rejectinn of 1~~
~~kW and~~
~~$ (EGGG) kV. ,o (sso3)~~
(continued) 3.8-9 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
LCO INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.1 INSERT 3.8 9A (Pp ) i SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.10 ---------------- N O T E S -------------- -- ... I 1. Momentary trans1ents above the valtage limit do not invalidate this test.
~~2. ..~~
12/17/97 Revision C
AC Scurces-Occr n i h I' SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued) FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8,1.11 -- f ; . :-d --- e. : ..........- e'*he :: ' d.N0T Ef-r ------ ---------- P :: :: r;: :, :: per:::: :, e y v 1
~~f. "This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3, or 4. _~~
c r4,,,n , = =:: :q = : =' =' r'": C)p L=m :d :::-t: t':t ::t : Verify on an actual or simulated loss of Tamonthsf ' offsite power signal:
~~a. De-energization of c :- : :a buses:~~
M
b. Load shedding from c = :a buses; V

c. OG auto-starts "
~~and: z u- . - r - ::G h'h h E~~
~~1. energizes peman ntly connected~~
~~' loads in 5710 seconds,~~
2. energizes au*\o-connected shutdown loads through pm:_ J, load sequence t&,(k rs) rw swa

3. maintains steady state vp1tage 2 VandSM4580_V, f 3 900)

4. aintain 2758.8[ssteadystatefrequency Hzand$161.2f%z,and

5. supplies permanently connected
~~'iandauto-connectedfshutdown loads for 2 5 minutes.~~
(continued) s 3.8-10 Rev 1. 04/07/95 WOG STS
AC Sourcas-Opera ing p8 g8 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE U3.a.].12 7-/-+-,'--/-+-+-/WGnG-/-7-r--/-+- A-f- _ fl. Ai; OG s::rt: ::y :: : :::::: ;y N
~~! ;r:12: ::Hrd.~~
~~lim n:: :: R 2. ::: .: :: :n:.~~
"0DE ' cr 2. f.9:_:c:) F; er;;....;d f ' M 9 'er a:t ::y : : ren ::r unpl: :d l ,;: rt th:t ::ti:f, t'i: IP. . J f--/ -f-t -t - f f-t - t- t + -t- 1--v-~4--t -t -t Verify on an actual or simulated Engineered N18monthsf Safety Feature (ESF) actuation sicui ea DG auto-starts G .:;nn _ d'3 h.
~~h N 10 Fseco,dsf.fter au:: :::r: :n: ; b :'*r u .J_ achieves voltage ' y y~~
'- 2'*{3740fV ano W C ;;; Jr{fr.pw w . sui; M S L_5 0) .;;;na-; Or a:: :W^ - ;.n ci' skady si &c.v g U b. ' 4e-eg it. M /thievestfrecuency wmv ond p e usebd i W8.8THz and _b{61.2fHz; and ' N x /
~~c. Operates for 1 5 minutess",~~
y connected loads remain ) (f. Permanen energip d from the offjite power , Pc, syst ; and /
~~e. E rgency loads a energized (or to-connected rough the auto tic load sequencer fromtheoffs'epowYer N, syst3m.~~
~
~~(cont'inued)~~
~~o. In s.to .:modr. och ce: voH age.~~
~~2 '95 0 V md 6 4ESO Vj b . - .n = to cm.i .d t ac\ uev er. e-i qu ei n 'j If 6.5 N z. and f: (l. 2 N7-. j at t$ 3.8-11 Rev 1, 04/07/95~~
~~. WOG STS~~
~~AC Sources-Oc: rating~~
~~' 3.S.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (centinued)~~
~~SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY~~
~~-------------------NOTES------- -----------~~
~~SR 3.8.1.}4~~
~~1. llomenta: transients outside the load~~
~~.e mcOcee-+2::crJrange@donot .avalidate t'is test.~~
2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2 1":==r,1 c cr (gn:r:+a::yb;in:n::runphrudJ

t'.:t ::ti f" t'i: 5" J
~~, Verify each DG crer : ve : : ::= ':::cr5 $18 months}"~~
~~p =') operates for 2 24 hours: 5775)~~
a. Fo"r M2}%ours loaded 2 m;;a, kW and f 3._. y kW. and M&pf0)

b. For the remainin loaded 2 % g kWands(ERC)kW.
hours of the test i G95c) {tesco) SR 3.8.J.15 -------------------NOTS $------------------ Q This Surveillar.ce shall be performed within 5 minutes of shutting down the to DG after the DG has operated = o kW and
##"""' 'I"" D"7 , > 721"nours loaded >- u_ ,fmee v, g, W - 3 s ku 8s , v O6 3 y O' <550_
h Momentary transients outside of load range do not invalidate this test, f2. .'l1 00 :::rt: ::y :: prce:::: cy :ni 1 < e@: :r^'ube-ceriod. ; N 315a)
\b! a. t 77 I. Verify each DG: starts63nd achieveJ! 1,n 918monthsf ""^ "'Y s il0 M econdsv voltage k TV and g N- ; $M4580fVandfrequency2'"E58.8 3
~~z and , k.~~
~~.4y enw:. g$161.2%z.~~
(continued) WOG STS 3.8-13 Rev :. 04/07/95
AC Sources-Coerat.1ng
~~' 3.;~~
p, g SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.18 ------------------NOTE------------------) This Surveillance shall not be cerformed in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4./ 5.:n , :-s-' p' q My = :=:r f- =:1: red - >--t: t h a-t 2 g
.: < : '" +

;"g
?
Verify interval etween each sequenced load $18 months}V block is within 10%ofdesignintervalf for each g cr=m3(and shutdownh sequent t Te.fn.auark) S ( h..e SR 3.8.1.19 - - - --- ------- - - - -- - N OT ICT) - -- -- - _-------- -- - r: . n x :uru ::; = ; = = w @7's
~~...:.. ..- 9 a . ...:. 9 .P. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. '~~
~~ru yes,3 , : ec, _:; 3e _ ou . ., r g~~
~~,e=1:~ cd :-t: tt:t --* d # *M* co .[~~
~~Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 918 months}# offsite power signal in conjunction with a.: actual or simulated ESF actuation signal:~~
a. De-energi:ation of e- ~ em:0 buses; yr.w ]

b. Load sht: ding fremr=m :9 buses; and U

c. DG .1uto tarts P and:
- : - - * ' ^ -) g j e

1. energizes permanently connected loads in f[10 fseconds, (continued) 3.8-15 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG ST5
AC Fources-09eratino j 3 S.1 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.1.19 (continued) g,g,g y.)
~~2. energizes auto-connected f emergency loads through 6:::x:::-)~~
~~sequenc g .~~
~~3. achieves steady state voltage 2 -~~
~~O M and f44580 M , o, 3950~~
4. achieves steady state fr uency z, and 7455.87tz and 51 61.2

5. supplies permanently connected Wandauto-connectedfemergency loads for 2 5 minutes.
SR 3.8.1.20 (--------------- ---NOTE----- ---------- -- ine All DG starte may be prece d by an e (prelube _________ per od. yerify when started simultaneously $ 10 years
~ - c ' * : m, each DG achieves. in, g p t :.-:' , 5710fseconds,&c?:ccc E 7 2,2 . oc! !' n:_- acJ frequenty MSS.SyHz(an~y Q~
5, - :;..I . 3. 3.8-16 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
AC Sources-Shutdown 1.S.? f I l 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS . 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown LCO 3,8.2 The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE:
~~a. One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission~~
. network and the onsite Class IE AC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10 " Distribution Systems-Shutdown"; and (Avis..n)
~~b. One [iesel generator (DG) capable of supplying one -d of t'he onsite Class IE AC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.~~
~~APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and M During mo gment or irradiated fuel assemblies. g~~
~~^ s. -nort - - ,3 w w+ atel4Ie.~~
u u.o 3.o U ACTIONS 4/ -_ _ _ - - -- _ -- En - REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME CONDITION i (9 ut...e4 } A. S [equired b##ri ------------NOTE------------- Enter applicable conditions circuit inoperable. and Required Actions of _f -M W LCO 3.8.10, e one required Q u .c. , .. c , ', (tv-a# de-energized as a b _$I$ _$... $ $$_________ A.1 Declare affected Imediately required feature (s) with no offsite power available inoperable. 93 Suspend CORE Imediately A.2.1 ALTERATIONS. AND (continued) 3.8-10 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
~~- ---- - - ~ - - _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _~~
~~DC Sources-Gperatinc~~
~~~.S.4 3.8 ELECTitICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating (gg,g,, u[m) og mwyn m(n))~~
~~LCO 3.8.4 - - - - _. - - - -~~
~~-1DC electrical power subsystems shall , be OPERABLEf s.4 ur few ere. uni + c<ws+5e. eraere per "Ldivanon open APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.~~
~~ACTIGid CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME c PtBh y zourst.avA~~
4. One DC electrical k.1 Restore DC electrical 2 hours V power subsystem power subsystem to inoperable, OPEPABLE status.
~~( N[nIUn#SieNo ") E. E t, Required Action and 4.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours Associated Completion~~
~~' AND Time not met.~~
E. a.2 Be in MODE 5. 35 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS . SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is ys 2 EV on float charge. @ h Oso.ryj ...sraided .ay
~~"" 0 " #'l 1 (continued)~~
WOG STS 3.8-24 Rev 1, 84/07/95
l DC Sources-Op3 rating f 3.8.4 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery 92 days SR terminals and connectors. QB Verify battery connection resistancelis s'TtE ohmP'for inter-cell connections, Og gM sw{1M$"{4E ohmf'for inter-rack connections, ohmP for inter-tier connections, and 5$E-4 ohmPfor tem.i'.al connections}E SR 3.8.4.3 Verify battery cells, cell plates, and T
~~months racks show no visual indication of physical U damage or abnormal deterioration $~~
18 L -Q h ont coun deatme Lauen y c er tu o .ar,te f SR 3.8.4.4 Remove visible terminal corrosion, verify lit}' months battery cell to cell and terminal is L',3 connections are clean and tight, and are - coated with anti-corrosion material. SR 3.8.4.5 Verify battery connection resistanceT (is lief'mnths s11E-5-ohm}"forinter-cellconnections, e 3
~~, - $11E-5-ohmP'for inter-rack connections, B3 1. 5 E - 4 $7+E ohmf for inter-tier connections, and 5744-5 ohm}Ffor terminal connections}F (continueo)~~
WOG STS 3.8-25 Rev 1, 04/07/95
DC Sources-00eratinc 3 0.5 I h $, SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE U SR 3. .
------------------- N ----------,----- h-T$ , This r,';i1 M :: :h: --+ ::"r-^c ' m
~~. :. Or ' j Hm :>cr, : ec!* ?y~~
~~m00:~~
U k:r f:r er.ri:rn c r!:rt: 't:t ::ti:f- ; D t, - :" f Verify each battery charger supplies 318monthsf r R - =2 It ' ' "' aforM8dours. P a led _unt w % me utu.ures rmAm] c7 G SR 3. .@ (u CC "--t---6 1 s4} /-----NOT ES-- wTheTmoalfien)perfo .ance discharge test in SR 3.8.4 ..ay be performed in U li h h u.eu of the service test in SR 3.8.4 a ..--m. _, j cc
~~2. This Surveillance shall not be aerformed in HODE 1, 2. 3, or 4. a o,,. 7,m., --ece _,; -m ..,m. .-,~~
eA auer+. +k2+ ..+4ce.. +k4c ep A ,,,,1-Verify battery capacity is adequate to 918monthsf supply, and maintain @ 0PERABLE status, tne required emergency loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test. (continued) 3.8-26 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS t
r n. bh DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 i SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.8 -------------------NOTE------------------- This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.1 ;;; ver, cc:::t :y te gnjerunphnne;ev:nt: th:t ::th h g Banwangg _____:_____________________________________ j s 6co Verify battery capacity is 2 % of the 60 months e_on manufacturer's rating when subjected to a
~~"' fperformancedischargetestee-4(lilodified _ AND~~
~~_ oerformance discharae test' 12 months when Pn battery shows~~
~~/ egniouco,, degradation or I~~
~~one has reache A he.)~~
#{85j'Jf of(l expected ie f with capacity < 100% of O manufacturer's i rating o a-eEQ 24 months when batteryhasY reached 185]
~~of the expected life with capacity 2 100% of manufacturer's rating WOG STS 3.8-27 Rev 1, 04/07/95 l~~
~~. )~~
OC Sources-Shutdcwn 3.8.5 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.5 DC Soure- -Shutdown ( p, M s:mur 5.s-m LCO 3.8.5 fDC electricappower subsys snail be 'Bu to s r$orti rical power stribution system (s) quired ' j the DC el (by LC .8.10. " Dis ution Syst s-Shutdown ) 1 so APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6 Q During movement _ot tr_ diated fuel assemblies. _ - -- p ra -- - - -- -7
~
O ACTIONS e REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME CONDITION One or more required A.I.1 Declare affected Immediately A. DC electrical power required feature (s)
~~-subsystems inoperabl inoperable, hGr re es ca s oth e r + h .,, '~~
c,e a ,e..., S, gg Suspend CORE I ucliately s A.2.1 ALTERATIONS. h.ND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND (continued) 3.8-28 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS J
_- _ . - . - - - . _ _ - _ . _ = - = _ _ . . - _ . . - DC Sources -Jhutocwn 3.8.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately pg restore required DC 9 electrical power subsystems to 24u1~ OPERABLE status. f.t .29 A
- v: m SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS SURVEI!. LANCE , FREQUENCY i SR 3.8.5.1 -------------------NOTE--------------------
~~The' following SRs are not require to be performed SR 3.8.4 3.P.4 and~~
&SR3.8.4;w._____________&______________.G) ._________ ____ ~1 For DC sources required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance folltving SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs O SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.4 GE_:.:.' a .
h SRSR 3.8.4.2 3.8.4.3 C; - 2 ; 3 ca : .0.2. 3 a [ GR::4 D,p Q-SR TEAS GR L243 sR 3. s. 4. (, SR 2.3. 4. S WOG STS 3.8-29 Rev 1, 04/07/95
h . - - Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters l Div t si n(2 0m.et Cesien '2 Cl LCO 3.8.ti Battery cell parameters for crain A and Tratr, a batteries shall be within(the311mits of Table 3.8.6;1. i e APPLICABILIN: When associated DC elee.trical power subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. , ACTIONS
~~-----------------------------------NOTE---- ----- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -~~
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - t CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION C&iPLETION TIME l A. One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cellY 1 hour 62 , with one or more electrolyte level and battery cell . float voltage meet O parameters not witnin Table 3.8.6-1 Category C limits.
~~' 9~~
! Category A or B limits. $ M A.2 Verify battery cell 24 hours parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 M Category C limits. Once per 7 days thereafter M A.3 Restore battery cell 31 days parameters to Category A and B limits of ' Table ? 8.6-I. f (continued) l l WOG STS 3.8-30 Rev 1, 04/07/95
n Battery cell Parameters 3.8.6 ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required Action and B.1 Declare associated Immediately associated Completion battery inoperable. Time of Condition A not met. E One or more batteries with average electrolyte temperature of the representative cells
~~<*{ 60} *F .~~
E One or more batteries with one or more O battery cell parameters not within s Category C values. g SURVEILLANCE RE00IREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY D@ SR 3.8.6.1 Verify battery cell parameters meet @ days Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits. (continued) i WOG STS 3.8-31 Rev 1, 04/07/95 a
LCO INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 LC0 3.8.6 INSERT 3.8 31A (C,) l Deleted _in Revision C L 12/17/97 Revision C
Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 l l SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days SR 3.8.6.2 Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits. M Once within 30 7eb O' hn*f9 after a battary discha e
~~<1110}-~~
~~O . u Once within 3 7 days) E20 houid after Li v" f a battery k overcharge~~
~~>WPY I45 SR 3.8.6.3 Verify average electrolyte temperature of 92 days representative cells is 2160]*F.~~
~~i WOG STS 3.8-32 Rev 1, 04/07/95 j~~
~~-LCO INSERT (S)~~
SECTION 3.8 INSCRT 3.8 32A (C,) l Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C
LC0 INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Braidwood Specification LCO 3.8.6 INSERT 3.8 32A (C,) l Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C a
byron Onhj I Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1) Battery Cell Parameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C: LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS I DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark. indication mark, plates, and not and s 4 inch and s 4 inch overflowing above maximum above maximum leve indication leve ndication mark)tal mark)as (b) Float Voltage a 2.13 V a 2.13 V > 2.07 V Specific 211.2007' a'il.1957 Not more tin Gravitylb)(e) 0.020 below c d AND average of all connected cells Average of all M connected cells AND >
~~>11. 205P' $~~
Average of all connected cells n'11.195P' (a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflo ing O@t M Corrected br av.ercge eledrolyte +emperature. C (b) Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level. Level correction is not required, however, when battery charging is <'T2 Tamps when on float charge, c} (e) A battery cnarging current of <l2famps when on float charge is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge. for a maximum of'Y7Pdays. When charging current is used to ( satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each 8 connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the'17fday allowance. , WOG STS 3.8-33 Rev 1. 04/07/95 i
i
~~, 8 raid Wood onh/~~
~~3 Battery Cell Parameters~~
~~"' 3.8.6~~
! Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1) Battery cell Parameters Requirements t CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C: i LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS i DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL i . Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark, indication mark, plates, and not
~~and s % inch and s % inch overflowing above maximum above maximum level leve ndication i~~
marktajndication mark a i 2 18 2 IS N 2. I4 l l Float Voltage 2GlDV 21EEDY , > G3BV i Specifi 21h300f 211.;;;f Not more than Gravity 1.28E i. tec 0.020 below ( AtlQ average of all connected cells Average of all connected cells At(Q
~~>11.:::P Average of all~~
! l. 23o connected cells 211.:::r 4 i.2.eo (a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is.not over31owing. h NC(b) Correr ed foraverage electrely be ferrperature, Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level. - Level correction is i not required, however, when battery charging is <#f 2Pamps when on float c charge. . d(e) A battery charging current'of <Tf27" amps when on float charge is i acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a-battery
~~recharge, for a maximum ofy7 Fdays. When charging current is used to >~~
! satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each-connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the777' day allowance. J WOG STS- 3.8-33 Rev I, 04/07/95
Inverters-Operatinc 3.S.7 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.7 Inverters-Operating c r. e ;e 4.- e-b.-3 Cit M i^ _o
/
av 531nverters shall be LCO 3.8.7 zu- - OPERABLE. r-- [One-------------------------NOTE----------------------- inverter (s),may be disconnected from [itsjtheir /--) v associate bus for s 24 hours to perform an / g equalizing ch'aM'on [its/their] associatef.-{fommon] g battery, providtd / ;
~~a. The associated AC vithbushs) [is/are] energized from(its/their)J.C3assIE'constantvoltagesource transformer!.],.[ifiverter using i6tstnal AC source); and~~
~~'N All othef kC vital buses are energized treatheir b.~~
associated 0?EPABLE inverters. N N:*________________________________________ ~'h APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME c:~.u w 6 .J v 3 A. One e ~.'m aD d A.1 ---------NOTE-------- '3 inverter inoperable. Enter applicable $ Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.9,
~~" Distribution Systems - Ooerating" ( t- ~ ~ .-)~~
i f Gel any (*+ed) , a bus de-energized. p __ ________________ Restore inverter to 24 hours 0FERA8tE status. (continued) 3.8-N Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
Inverters-Oper ng ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION VIME B. Required Action and 8.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time not met. AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.1 Verify correct inverter voltage / 7 days 0'-- 9and4alignment to onu ;-- :u)AC 'u 62 2 6J buses . Y g,,u,-) e g G e,~ -OJ i WOG STs 3.8-35 Rev 1, 0*/07/95 N
Inverters-Shutcown i 3.3.S 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.8 Inverters-Shutdown f reeAt % F-Ju J RABLE to suopor he onsite Cla ~1Ej
~~' LCO 3.8.8 I Inverters shall be rical power dis ution subsys s)~~
AC vital bus el ution Systems- utdown." required by 3.8.10. "Di st APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6irradiated Q h fuel assemblies. During moveme C oT g _ .- - herrt . - -- q _
~
Y lc ACTICNSA COMPLETION TIME REQUIRED ACTION CONDITION w _ .-..,..- - , , Imediately OneormoreMrequiredf A.1 Declare affected A. required feature (s) an. _-a inoperable, inoperable. Suspend CORE Imediately A.2.1 ALTERATIONS. AND Suspend movement of Imediately A.2.2 irradiated fuel assembiies. AND Initiate action to Imediately A.2:3 suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND (continued) Rev 1, 04/07/95 3.8-36 WOG STS
Invert e rs -3hutc' .wn 3.3.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME 1 A. (co tinued) A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required pg inverters to OPERABLE status. . i cmon we t-gn SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS , . . . . SURVCLLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3 8.8 Verify correct inverter voltagey 7 days y
=w=" . J and alignment @-to required AC ~ -
~~b 26 f i'~~
~~"**** "" # 3 o m ,ero. e~~
,i , i i 4 5 i A WOG STS 3.8-37 Rev 1. 04/07/95
Distribution Systems-Ocerating l 3.8.9 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating
' ' " - - "3 os, ..n.... A f'~'" - 3 AC, DC, and AM ;;.._=l electrical LCD 3.8.9 Pt power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE, L1 m u 2.s-3t& 3 : ([ak owncakk un;i)
~~APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. d ACTIONS~~
@9 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME CONDITION c., ~... A. nOne rC electrical A.1 Restore AC electrical 8 hours power distribution power distribution subsystemp inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE AND g 7
~~(s) status, gg 16 hours from 3 g discovery of v~~
~~' failure to meet LCO ,'}~~
m ~ m gOne AC L bus Wg ... gRestore AC u ne ) bus (efn 2 hours B.1 N p. _..e B. inoperable. , 'Bu w ::rrJto OPERABLE status. A,_ND
~~.. u-T felukita\f,6~~~
m sk& 6 ids *mOh Pi 16 hours from 4 discovery of failure to meet LCO C. One DC electrical C.1 Restore DC electrical 2 hours power distribution power distribution subsystem to OPERABLE AND subsystem inoperable. status. 16 hours from discovery of failure to meet LC0 (continued) 3.8-38 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
' Distribution Sy+tems-Goerating 3.8.9 ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
0. Required Action and D.1 Be in :400E 3. 6 hours associated Completion ;
Time not met. , LNQ 9 M co4.m & 6,,<c-) 36 hours 0.2 Be in MODE 5. 2 cor more fetssmensswwi E. Two 1 - y = E.I Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately linoperaoie 01stricution v
~~.@ subsystems thit result~~
{ 'i ik~ in a loss of safety function. r 1 i SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY 4 SR 3.8.9.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to E c . : G AC, DC, and AC h bus electricai power distribution subsystems. O nsere. -J 4 O WOG STS 3.8-39 Rev 1. 04/07/95
Distribution Systems-Shut::cwn 3.3.10 l 1 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown
~~-) "*d gg , c nos. .~~
The necessary portion 3of AC, l DC, and AC C/ M =Jekctrical LCO 3.8.10 power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to support equipment required to be OPERABLEp M 4= e w = r e u e.u. u n. r] Q-Ch.,4 i.9-dea ) g APPLICABILITY: MODES During movemen S and 6@t_ot _ irradiated fuel assemblies, u
~~---__me.___~~
~~3 g Lco 5.0 7 % not Ague.AA.lo y $ e t ACTIONS~~
~~
X G M d~ REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME CONDITION 64+ -en+ e.s) Declare associated Immediately A. One or more recuired A.1 AC. DC, or A 2O supported required
~~@ electrical power feature (s) inoperable.~~
distribution subsystems inoperable. E i A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND (continued) 3.8-40 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS i
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BRACKETED CHANGES G) Bi The brackets were removed and the optional wording was retained. 8, The brackets were removed and the optional wording was deleted. IB 3 The brackets were removed and plant specific values or information were incorporated. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 1 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS GENERIC CHANGES (C) C3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-2. Revision 1. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-8. l Revision 2. jC 3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by TSTF-33. C. .This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by an editorial change provided to the NRC. Cs Not used. C, Not used. C, Not used. C, Not used. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 2 12/17/97 Revision C
l l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l C, These changes are Consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF 204. { T5TF-204 clarities the DC Sources-Shutdown and Inverter-Shutdown LCOs to reflect more specific requirements for each subsystem. As written, thc NUREG LCO requirements imply that a full complement of battery and charger are reys red for both subsystems. Similarly, for inverters, a DC battery-backed inverter is required for both divisions or trains. The requirements for the second subsystem should be relaxed to require either a battery or a charger and either DC input or regulated AC input. This level of DC Source and Inverter requirements will continue to assure that sufficient power is available to support the response to events postulated dur1rq shutdawn conditions in the event of a loss of offsite power or a single failure. This change 15 consistent with the initial philosophy of the ITS NUREGs and is not intended to reflect any oosition o' the proposed " Shutdown Rule." Any 'ssues resulting for the Rule will be addressed at a later time. Cg This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-81. This Generic Change revises the Applicability section format. to place semicolons between Modes and spec 1fied conditicas and to use "and"s between Applicability spec 1fied conditions. lC 33 Not used. l Cu Not used. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 3 12/17/97 Revision C
~~,,1USTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LC05 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS j Cu Not uset BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1-& 2 3.8 4 12/17/97 Revision C~~
l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS PLANT SPECIFIC CHANGES (P) P, All reformatting. renumbering, and editorial rewording of the li~5 LCOs and SRs is in accordance with the West 11ghouse Standard Technical Specifications. NUREG-1431. During the development certain wording preferences or English language conventions were adopted. As a result, the Technical Spec 1fications (TS) should be more readily readable by. and therefore understandable to, plant operators and other users. During this reformatting, renumbering and rewording process. no technical changes to the TS (either actual or interpretational) were made unless they were identified and justified. P, NUREG-1431 LC0 3.8.1 Required Actions A.2 and C.1. have been deleted. Required Action A.2 involved restrictions on loss of off.ite power to one division and loss of features on the other division. Required Action C.1 inv. ed restrictions on the loss of two offsite power sources. These lim 1tations are not imposed in the CTS, and are the.efore removed in the conversion to the ITS. P3 NJREG LC0 3.8.9 Conditions A. B. and E have been modified to read, one
*or more" . . . . and. two "or more" .. . In addition, the words ' subsystem" and " bus" are made plural for consistency. This change is necessary to reflect plant design, as well as to avoid premature entering into LC0 3.0.3 whenever two or more electrical power distribution subsystems are inoperable resulting in a loss of function.
NUREG Required Actions did not specifically address when one or more subsystems are inoperable without causing a loss of function. Therefore, modifying Conditions A. B. and E will not inadvertently place the unit in LCO 3.0.3 when no loss of function exists. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 philoscphy. P, The NUREG-1431 SR Notes, allowing DG starts to be preceded by an engine prelube period are intended to apply to designs with a manually initiated prelube prior to a planned DG start. The plant specific DG design provides for a continuous prelube and keep warm systeu . . ch when operating constitutes the " standby status" of the DG. Tnerefore, eliminating these SR Notes is consistent with the plant specific design. P, SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.3 of NUREG-1431 have frequencies "as specified in Table 3,8.1-1." In accordance with NRC Generic Letter 94-01.
" Removal of Accelerated Testing and S)ecial Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators." this Taale is removed from TS and is to be relocated to the TRM. The frequency of the associated surveillances has en changed to once per 31 days in the ITS SRs. as recommended in Generic Letter 94-01.
BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 5 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 143. 'C05 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS P. NUREG-1431 is revised to reflect the plant-specif1c CTS recu1rements that are being retained, or deleting NUREG recu1rements that are not required by the plant-specific CTS, P, NUREG-1431 SRs 3.8.1.9. 10 and 14 (ITS SRt
') 8.1.9. 11. and 14) require that the DG be operating at its rated powe- Qctor when the total load rejection test is performed. and for 2 hour s of the 24-hour full load tect respectively. The practice of performing these tests at rated power factor has been determined to be unjustifled, potentially destructive, testing due to exceeding the vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator. Amplification of this issue is contained in the Engineering Position Paper on Power Factor Loading During Emergency Diesel Generator Testing dated November 28. 1995. Both Cooper-Bessemer and the NRC concurred with the determination for discontinuing the DG load rejection testing at rated power factor.
Therefore, this requirement has been d9leted. However, the recommendations are incorporated inte e Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.14 to reflect practice and commitment. P, SR 3.8.4.6 cf NURE"-1431 contains a Note specifying. "This surveillance shall not be performed in MDDE 1, 2. 3, or 4." This requirement does not exist in the current licensing basis of CTS 5R 4.8.2.1.2.c.4), and l has therefore been deleted from ITS SR 3.8.4.6. P, The word "1f" is added to LC0 3.8.2 P.equired Act1on A Note and LC0 3.8.7 Required Action A.1 Note, for consistency with changes made in other sections of the ITS (e.g., Section 3.7). Pg SR 3.8.1.20 of NUREG-1431 (ITS 3.8.1.20) contains a Reference to the voltage and frequency bands required when performing the SR. CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.g. requires only that the DG attain rated speed within 10 seconds. Reg Guides 1.108 and 1.9 dW ineate the requirements for performing DG testing. Those tests which require verification of voltage and frequency are 50 stipulated in the Reg Guides. The 10 year testing recuirement does not stipulate that voltage and frequency are to be verifiec, only that the DGs are to be starteJ and run. Therefore. SR 3.8.1.20 has been modified by deleting the references to the voltage and frequency bands. l l I l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 6 12/17/97 Revision C l
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LC05 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMF 'P u ITS LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10 ACTIONS Tables have been modified by adding a note rtating. "LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable." LCO 3.0.3 is not I applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated luel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not i specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operation. Therefore. In either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. This change is cons 1 stent with NUREG-1431 philosophy. Pu SR 3.8.2.1 of NUREG-1431 has been modified to provide clarification of which SRs are applicable In Modes 5 and 6. and which are actually required to be performed. The SRs in AC Sources - Shutdown verify the operability requirements of the AC Sources in Modes 5 and 6. The Note associated with the SR and the SR have been revised to reflect the renumbering of the SRs of ITS LCO 3.8.1. Also. SR 3.8.2.1 has been revised to present the information in a positive statement (i.e. to state the required SRs. not the exceptions). The revised wording improves clarity and operator understanding of the applicable requirements. These revisions make no change of intent and are otherwise consistent with NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 6a 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Pn Condition A of NUREG LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.5. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10. and Condition B of NUREG LCO 3.8.2 have been mod 1fied by the additional Reautred Action to " declare associated LTOP features inoperable imed1ately." The Actions of CTS LCOs 3.8.1.2. 3.8 1.2. and 3.8.3.2 require "within 8 hours. depressurize and vent the RCS through at least a 2 square inch vent " This CTS action is replaced with the additional NUREG actions referenced above. The addition of the requirement to immediately declare associated LTOP features inoperable allows the o]erator to evaluate the current plant condit1ons and to determine w1 ether the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. If the LTOP features have not been affected. then unnecessarily restrict 1ve actions may be averted. Pa NUPEG LC0 3.8 3. " Diesel Fuel Oil. Lube Oii. and Starting Air." has been modified by delet1ng all references to lube oil and starting air, including deletion of NUREG SR 3.8.3.2 and SR 3.8.3.4. The requirement to ensure lube oil ;nventory is maintained is designed for DGs which consume lube oil during operation in order to verify that the lube oil available will support 7 d ws of DG operation. The Cooper-Bessemer Model KSV20T diesels employed at Braldwood/ Byron do not consume lube oil during operation in an amount significant to be quanti fied. Hence, the lube oil inventory is not ex]ected to change during operation. Lube oil level is verified by sig1tglass indication prior to each normal DG start and when placing a DG in the standby condition in accordance with statio.i procedures. Therefore adequate means are presently used to verify it.be oil inventory and it is justifiable to delete such references from this specification. The requirement to ensure starting air p ossure is within limits, and i provide explicit action requirements for iow starting air pressure, is not an explicit requirement of the CTS. Along with routine DG standby readiness monitoring, installed DG low air pressure alarms, and the definition of DG Operability, adequate assurance of proper maintenance of starting air pressure and necessary actions on low air pressure is provided without explicit Technical Specification reference. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LC05 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS P3 Condition A of NUREG-1431 LCO 3.8.4 states that with one DC electrical
~~, power subsystem inoperable. restore the DC electr1 cal power subsystem to OPERABLE status within 2 hour: This Condition has been revised to~~
. address options made available by the ability to crosstie DC buses at Byron and Braidwood. A new Condition A has been added which allows crosstieing DC buses in the event of an inoperable battery charger on the unit. Condition B addresses crosstieing to the opposite unit which is in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4 and the opposite unit has an Inoperable battery charger. Condition C specifies requirements when an operating unit's DC bus is crosstied to a shutdown unit's DC bus and the slutdown unit has an inoperable battery or battery charger. In addition the allowance for crossticing is stated in ITS LCO 3.8.5 as a Note. These additional requirements are contained in CTS LC0 3.8.2.1. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7a 12/17/97 Revision C
~~-m'~~
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS P3 SR 3.8.4.6 of NUREG-1431 conta ns specific values for voltage and frequency which must be maintained during the given 8-hour oerlod of the l SR. In ITS SR 3.8.4.6. the specific values are deleted and replaced with the stipulation that the battery charger must supply "a load equal to the manufacturer's rating" for the 8-hour period. This chanae is consistent with attempts to minimize amendments to the fechnical Specifications. and 1s consistent with the CTS. By stating that the SR will be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's rating, the need to amend the SR will be averted should the manufacturer's recommendations change. All SRs are performed in accordance witn approved procedures which must include a 50.59 safety evaluation. Therefore, adequate control is maintained to ensure manufacturer recommendations are properly analyzed. I Pn NUREG-1431 SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8 (ITS SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8) contain the option of subjecting the battery to a " performance discharge test or a modified performance discharge test." The performance discharge test is performed on the Gould batteries which have been replaced at Braidwood. The AT&T replacement batteries require the modified performance discharge test. Therefore. NUREG SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8 1s modifled separately for each fac111ty, to reflect current requirements. Pa NUREG SR 3.8.6.1 Frequency has been changed from 7 day;. to 31 days. Comed is committed to IEEE 450. IEEE 450-1995 section 4.3.1 requires that the battery cell parameters be verified to meet Tabie 3.8.6-1 Category A limits "at least monthly." This change is consistent with IEEE-450 requirements. This change is consistent with TSTF-202. P3 NUREG LCO 3.8.7 contains a Note which allows an instrument bus inverter to be disconnected from its associated DC bus for up to 24 hours while 3erforming an-equalizing charge on the battery. Tne inverters used at 3raldwood and Byron are not required to be discor,nected during equalizing charges. Therefore this Note has been deleted consistent with CTS. P n LCO 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to be crosstied when the 0]posite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable battery c1arger. Tnis is consistent with the allowance of CTS LCO 3.8.2.2 Action a. In addition, the Actions of NUREG-1431 LC0 3.8.5 have been modified by the addition of ITS LC0 3.8.5 Condition B. Condition B addresses the requirements for the condition when the unit's DC bus is crosstled to a shutdown unit with an inoperable source. These additional requirements are contained in CTS LCO 3.8.2.1. 4 BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 8 12/17/97 Revision C
~~.. )~~
l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS P., LCO 3.8.9 of NUREG-1431 has tser mod 1fied by the addition of the i spec 1fic buses to which the LCO applies. This information is included here in 11eu of Table B 3.8.9-1. which has been deleted from the Bases. This format 1s similar to that of CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1 and 3.8.3.1. and provides clarity for the user. This change is mandated by CTS which . Include these specific buses only. Other buses that become de-energized would result 1n direct application of the definition of Operability, and i entry into affected systems TS. in lieu of entering ITS LCO 3.8.9. In addition, this list of buses is included in ITS LC0 3.8.10 consistent with CTS LCO 3.8.2.2. Pn NUREG SRs 3.8.1.2. 3.8.1.11. 3.8.1.12. 3.8.1.19. a.1d 3.8.1.20 have been revised deleting the phrase. "from standby conditions." In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Standby conditions for the diesels mean that the diesel engine coolant and oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained. Since
" standby conditions" is the same as ambient conditions. the constant state the diesels are maintained in MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4. the phrase "from standby conditions" is being deleted to avoid confusion. This change is consistent with the intent of NUREG-1431. as noted in the NUREG Bases for SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7.
Pn SR 3.8.7.1 and SR 3.8.8.1 of NUREG-1431 contains verification of frequency of the AC instrument inverters. The inverter panels at Byron and Braidwood do not display output frequency. and this requirement is not included in the CTS. Therefore, this requirement has been deleted from ITS SR 3.8.7.1. Pn A note is added to NUREC-1431 SR 3.8.1.10. Indicating that momentary transients above the stated voltage limits do not invalidate the surveillance. Based on plant experience and discussions with the DG manufacturer during a DG full load reject test. there is an initial very high, very short duration voltage spike (as high as 8000-9000 volts). The DG vendor has indicated that the momentary spike does not result in generator damage. The installed plant instrumentation does not necessarily pick up this initial voltage spike due to the extremely short duration of the vo'tage spike. However, without such an allowance. If sensitive instrumentation were used (in the future) during a DG full load rejection, and this momentary voltage spike was detected, the DG SR would not be met. As a result. Condition B of ITS LCO 3.8.1 would be entered. even though the DG responded as expected. In addition, Condition B requires performance of ITS SR 3.8.1.2 on the remaining OPERABLE DG, which would not be necessary. Because this allowance reflects the expected DG response and potentially prevents unnecessary DG starts. the allowance does not have an unacceptable impact on safety. BYRON /8RAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 11 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION fur DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS P3 NUREG SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 allon's a modifiea performance discharge test to be performed in lieu of a service test "once per 60 months." This Note 15 3eing revised to delete the "once per 60 months" reguirement. Comed is committed to IEEE 450 which is also endorsed by NUREG-1431 and the NRC. IEEE 450 Section 5 does not place a limitation or restriction on the use of a discharge test in lieu of a service test since the discharge test is required to envelope the duty cycle of the service test. In accordance with IEEE 450. Section 5.4. "a modified performance discharge test can be used in lieu of a service test at anytime" which
~~eliminates a time restriction. Therefore, deletion of the 60 month requirement is consistent with IEEE 450.~~
P,, NUREG Table 3.8.6-1 has been revised by adding footnote (b) which states. " Corrected for average electrolyte temperature." This only applies to Category B limit for float voltage. This is being added to be consistent with CTS which reflects current licensing basis and manufacturer's recommendation. P3 NUREG SR 3.8.6.2 Frequency has been changed from "Once within 24 hours" to "Once within 7 days" to be consistent with current licensing basis (CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b). Maintaining CLB does not create any additional degradation of the batteries, nor increase any potential for any accident evaluated in the UFSAP.. BYRON /8RAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 11a 1/28/98 Revision C
l l h; Sour:es -Castat ng h- 3 3.3.1 BASES l l ACTIONS ""~ F 1 1
'ntinued) l 1 icit in the Not , is that the Con ion is not pplicable to any rain that does n have a sequen r.
1 i E.1andk2 If the inoperable AC electric power sources cannot be i' restored to OPERABLE status within the recuired Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be , brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, Dased on operating expertence, to reach the reovired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. G l % 4 ois-mA l$ n H corresponds to a level of degracation in w I all redun ' n the AC electrical power su as been lost. At this sev . . dearaded lev y further losses in the AC electrical power will cause a loss of function. Theref , additional .... ustified for . continu - lon. The unit is required by i.. 0.3 to I
~~m nce a controlled shutdown.~~
~ SURVEILLANCE The AC sources are designed to permit inspection and REQUIREMENTS testing of all important areas and features, especially those that have a standby function, in accordance with 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 18 (Ref. 8). Periodic component tests are supplemented by extensive functional tests during refueling outages (under simulated accident conditions). 9,,,,,i e,.em.,u w.m) The SRs for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the DGs are in
~~' = with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3)f r r -n;-" Z :e ' a . .a and Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref.10), as aadresseo In tn$SAR.~~
~~x.a.u Where the SRs discussed herein specify vQlage and frequency tolerances, the followin is a licable. hThe minimum steady O~~
~~@stateoutputvoltageof~~
~~V is'5@ of the nominal , .~~
4160 V output voltage. This value W . = -- y [ mm x b: : - (continued) WOG STS B 3.5-15 Rev 1, 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.1 INSERT B 3.8 15A ( P,5) CL.1 Condition G corresponds to a level of degradation in which all redundancy in the AC electrical power supplies may be lost. At this severely degraded level. any further losses in the AC electrical power system may cause a loss of function. Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued operation. The unit is required by LCO 3.0.3 to commence a controlled shutdown. Examples of inoperabilities that require entry into Condition G are: 1) both DGs inoperable and both qualified circuits inoperable on one bus, and 2) one DG inoperable and both qualified circuits inoperable on one bus and one qualified circuit 1noperable on the second bus. INSERT B 3.8 15B (P3) l Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C
% Soerces-Operatin; $ 3.8.1 BASES 4
4 SURVEILLANCE SR 3,8,1 ? and SR 3,9.1.7 ' (continued) REQUIREMENTS g8 for a DG mean that the diesel engine cooiant and oil are Qdst " B ' a ' beino continuously circulated and temperature is being ma,1ntainedt::::':*:-t ' d t' 6.m.o tt ': .^
~~r#"t r :- - ::~~
~~'p 4s ,,~~
~~l 4~~
,.In order =dut_nn to reduce stress and waar on diesel engines, Q nn :9 a modified startoin which the j:tartingspeedofDGsislimited,warmupislimitedtothis s
00 lower speed, and the OGs are gradually accelerated to i synchronous speed prior to loading. These start procedures i,' aren., a theintent of Ste 2, whi h i; :n?; ;;pli::bh h
.... .. L .1.... ._....-~.2 u .u. J ;. ;.:n fir 2 $ '!$$I.n wMU m. i) 'il AciEE.au."wltwm...-,- __
~~lA 5e[M _ o~~
,_.5R 3.8.1.7 requires that, at a 184'Iday free ley, the DG 9 --i r'"W r ' start)gfrom tandby conditions andb achieve equired voltage v
C ) Q and fre'quency within 10 seconds. requirement support' the assumptions of the design basis The 10 second start i LOCA analysis in th SAR, Chapter (15[ (Ref 5). The10second,E start re i
SR 3.8.1.2 (seDNote@quirement ) when a modified is not startapplicable procedure as to described above is used. If a modified start is not used, the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies.
~~Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start, it is more restrictive than SR 3.8.1.2, and it may be oerformed in lieu~~
of SR 3.8.1.2. This is/E

uwmot pC SR 3.8.1 4
~~%. uu. s... .mo -~~
~~The tae.eO 31 day Frecuency for SR 3.8.1.2fbee-~~
$ :,;; ;.0 , 2 ~Diesea C:n:::::: T::: 5:h:6!: '-+'1 " i j;;; ::- ' : if01/Is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). Tne 184 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing consistent with Generic 1.etter 84-15 (Ref. 7). These Frequencies provide adequate tssurance of DG OPERABILITY, while minimizing degradation resulting 'from testing.
~~JR 3.8.1.3 This Surveillance verifies that-the DGs are capable of~~
~~synchronizing with the offsite electrical system and-a:cepting loads greater than or equal to the equivalent of~~
~~.the maximum expected accident loads. A minimum run time of (continued).~~
WOG STS B.3.8-17 Rev 1. 04/07/95
T Sources-0 r BASES SURV[lLLANCE SR 3,8.1.10 (continued)
/In oroer to ensure th K the DG is teste unoer load Tconditions that ar as close to desi basis conditi as possible, testi must be perform using a power ctor s (0.9). Th power factor i esen to be re sentative of the ac design basis uctive leadin hat the OG J ,twould erience./
Thel l8 month [ Frequency is consistent with the M recommendation of Regulatory Guide .. (Ref.@) and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths, h This SR has been modified NotebThereasonfor bynotelis that during al, operation performance of this SR could cause perturbation to the U l electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result,im plen+ d, safety systems. J eee+ =; = :acr for unal;wc-:nm D %
&: :n':t *-': SP . hro u, e n t e . m r -(PQ Peviewer's e: The above MODE r rictions may be delet if it c e demonstrated to t staff, on a plant spe ici basi , that performing the with the reactor in a of the r ricted MODES can sat y the following criter , as applicable:
3 a. Performan of the SR will not ren any safety system component inoperable; .
/
b. formance of the SR w ot cause perturbations any of the electrical tribution systems that uld result in a challep to steady state operat or to plant safet tems; and

c. Performa3re of the SR, or failure o he SR, will not cause f 4r result in, an A00 with tendant challenge
_ t ,o, plant safety systems. _ SR 3.5.1.11 L9 3 r in o,mic.aWman J20 I wAmt rewe=cadabm},i ,- 9 Regulatory Guide (Ref.
~~'I /~~
paragraph C.;. m , this Surveillance demonstrates the as designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source. This test verifies all actions (continued) WOG STS 8 3.8-23 Rev.1, 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.1 INSERT B 3.8 23A (Pe) j Note 1 states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit (e.g., following initiation of the Surveillance) do not invalidate this test. 12/17/97 Revision C
~~, , . - . . - . .y..~~
i AC Tot rte:-Oper ding E 3.S.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3,8.1.J.i (continued) i.9 REQUIREMENTS The318monthhrequencyisconsistentwiththe p 1 recommendations of Regulatory Guide .. (Ref. . , cor r:;r;;r :.;, m , takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. [(e.% ) This Surveillance is modified /o,y wo Notes. Note tates that momentary transients +0ue to chenging bus loa .s)d not invalidate this test. /Mmi;ri s , n;;r.:;., p; ;r 3;;;r ) Itr:n;;:n;;, n:r ': ::r:- '::t :r ' ' ' t c ' " n:t ' v:' t hirl N (the trrt./The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical, performance of this Surveillance could cause perturbations to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge c,o tinued steady state coeration and, as a result, safety systems.f h .; ., J M ;ucr : n;;;r :t ev M T th;; :::Et- &- -9/
~~. . , V 1~~
G; N" e _,;:~e. "~ ,b~ Y SR 3.8.1.15 > s, e This Surveillance demonstrates tha the die 1 engine can + restart from a hot condition, such as subs uent to shutdown from normal Surveillances, and ac eve the required voltage and frequency within110 fseconds. TheM10fsecondtimeis derived from the requirements of the arident analysis to respond to a design basis large break t i The118monthf frequency is consistent with the recome atirns of Regulatory Guide- Q^(Ref. C--r: : :: :_. S. - t.f (-m-J g U This SR is modi le y (izz)No test is performed with the diesel sufficiently hot. 4 Note @ ensures that the The { e load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least 42fhours at full load Me 2 c+c conditions orier to performance of this Surveillance is U
~~C* d based on manbfacturer recommendations for achievino hot Mh 8 8)~~
[ conditions.Qomentary transients'due to cnanging ous load (T') do not invalidate this test./ Ne:c ; eilcw .. 6 n:r;', ;q pre::c00 by :n :ngine prc hb: p;ried to " -i:: ar:r ;nd/ (b:t::r - t S fft::! hr H; t ath o f I P Al%Ceah,4s % c.u he. operaak vW (spia % +e +r.Are, 6e.cc. Wheel j (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-28 Rev 1, 04/07/95
i l
! A6 JLurll * - Shutoown 8 3.S.2 BASES LCO lt is acceptable for'tr2%to te cross tied during st,:,:tdown (continued) conditions, allowing a singl(offsite power circuit to supply all required G1 4 ,i g, ,g APPLICABILITY The AC sources require (1 to be OPEPABLE in MODES 5 and 6# and Caj o 4.~ d during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel assemblies in the cerc;

b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;

c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects ot' events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available; and

d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold i shutdown condition or refueling condition.
~~The AC power requirements for MODES 1, 2, J, and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.1. ( r m est e r.e.?f A ~ . U A.] ( d" ' C' * " ) ACTIONS~~
@ @ M circuit would be considered /ir operable /if it were not available to one required ESF W g ig;d two (1,,,,, m n o e) tem mj required by LC0 3.8.10, the ore jmedwith offsite power available may be capable of supporting / sutticient requireo f eatures+ to allow continuation of CORE (i.e.i em,soso"mt, t 1 ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By the allowance of the .h.,ng , co m p one nt s , option to declare required features inoperable, with no t ona da,us) offsite power available, appropriate restrictions will be implemented in accordance with the affected required features LCO's ACTIONS.
(continued) WOG STS B 3.8-38 Rev 1, 04/07/95 . l
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.B Bases 3.8.2 l INSERT B 3.8 38A (P3 ) LCD 3.0.3 1s not applicable while in MODE 5 or F Hewever, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. ,, or 4. the ACTIONS have been ' modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action, if moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore. In either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel a.isemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. 12/17/97 Revision C
C" Sour:es -up ra B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTDiS B 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating BASES
~~. . . . . . . . . . . . m . . . . . .~~
BACKGROUND The station DC electrical power ystem provides the AC emergency power system with cent ol power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety related equipment and um+ men) AC ftrtzt) bus power (via inverters). As required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17 (Ref. 1), the DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient ir. dependence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a sinole failure. The DC A * "* N
~~' electrical power system alsoiFconforms to the recommenoations of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE-308 (Ref. 3),~~
b' camw urau m p.a. ovuD f , . s a . ,-j Theh l25 b VDC clectrical powep/ system consists of two independent and redundant safet electrical power subsystems ra;r $ y/relatedam- ' Class
~~- IE DC JP) . Each , subsystem consists of ( E P)125 VDC batterf @ n cecn :::: cry :,~~
~~m r : = = ' v : 3, the assoc sted battery chargert1dfor each '~~
' battery, and all the associ ed control equipment and interconnecting cabling. ,. 8 I LVDC sou*ce is obtained by use of the two 125JDC#
batterie Nsas ted in series. Additionall r 6 s (one) h spare battery c service in the event t er subsystem, 4;Isf rovides backup d battery charger is out of service. If thypsfe iltt charger is substituted for one of the tred battery charge , en the
~~requir . of independence and redendancy be- .~~
stems are maintained, 7pm n,esesur g y I ha b During normal operation, the1125cetty VDC loa 4GEpowered U M from the ba_ttery c gers with the batteries floatingy the h S hmp ta 'tru " g system. In' case 3 oss of normal power to the battery (s %) charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the '{ station batteriesrY gm.,,, ,, a ,) a p, ,,m , y ,g
" Cir:;- A en: . ain [ DC electrical power subsystems The]ide prov the control power for its associated Class IE AC power load group,M;4.16fkV switchgear, and*{480fV load centers. The DC e'ectrical power subsystems also provide DC l electrical power to the inverters, which in turn power the AC (n ta 0 buses. '
t on % r] l c.m u aAs- * (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-50 Rev 1, 04/07/95
m ^ DC Srirces-Werating
@ h i 3.6.4 BASES BACXGROUND The DC power distribution system is eascribed in more detail (continued) in Bases for LCD 3.8.9, ' Distribution System-Operating,'
and LCO 3.8.10, ' Distribution Systems-Shutdown.' N Each battery has , adequate storag acit; .o carryA he required load ntinuously for east 2 hours 6d to c W ,a m m r-* perform thr complete cycle intermittent oads discusse n the FSAR, Cha r [8] (Ref. 4 . , Each 125 VDC battery a separately housed in a vent'ilated room apart from its charger and distribution centers. Each subsystem is located in an area separated physically and
. electrically frem the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in a redundant subsystem. There is no sharing between redundant class IE subsystems, such as batteries, battery chargers, or distribution panels.e ,
~~g,y 3~~
The batteries for Train A and Tr 1 B DC electrical power subsysteps'are sized to produ required capacity a /0% of nameplate rating, correspopd ng to warranted cap ty at end of)ffe cycles and the J00% design demand. Battery size is .
,Msed on 125% of regttJfed capacity and, affef selection of l an available commye'ial battery, resulte in a battery capacity in excess of 150% of requir capacity. The voltage limi.Vis 2.13 Y per cell, ich corresponds to 40tal miMfium voltage output o 2B V per battery d ussed lin th ISAR, Chapter [8] (R . 4). The criteria r sizing
(,,,,, n (j) . O f(]'). up) r y,w.en y 1 Each Gra n A on: Train 5]DC electrical power subsysten'hasTeb) >G ample power output capacity for the steady state operation ox Cf of connected loads required during normal operation, while 'W at the same time maintaining its battery bank fully charged. Each battery charger also has sufficient capacity to restore the battery from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state t-itnio M iwuis while suppl ng normal steady state loads discussed n the FSAR, Chapte 8 f(Ref 4). APPLICABLE The initial conditions ofkDosign Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in theuFSM, Chapter'*(6f(Ref. 6), and in thellFSAR, Chapter 715}*'(Ref. 7), assume that Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC (continued) WOG ct B 3.8-51 Rev 1, 04/07/95
t
?
DC Sources-Operatino i O8 B3.8.4 , i BASES v ; ACTIONS dh2 (continued) within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience to reach the- r required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. The ~ Com)letion Time to bring the unit to MODE 5 is consistent wit 1 the time required in Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8). ; i SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.1- l REQUIREMENTS Verifyina batter terminal voltage while on float charge @ h _ Eth %tter G he ps to ensure the effectiveness of the
~~' charging system and the ability of the batteries to perform their intended function. Float charge is the condition in I~~
~~connedd t a ord which the charger is supply,ng theecontinuous charge require~~
% Euttr:gvercome the internal ~ losses J a m and maintain the battery Ver a Mof = r_.a batteryM cell)
Tn a fully cnarged state. The voltage requiremer. are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery and are consistent with the initial voltages assumed in the battery . sizing calculations. The 7 day Frequency is consistent with manufacturer recomendations and IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). SR 3.8.4.2 Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery ells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of.en:h intercell, interrack, intertier. and terminal connection, provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal , deterioration that could potentially degrade battery O performance. C'/ l._ymysjgtap},1she{ Jhe . .m ._.,,m .,,,_m fgr this,SR mustly; pggg thg%inot+1
~~.. . - , o m , ..<,m, v v~~
~~g . a)ove the ceiling value established by the manufacturer. >~~
~~--<- xnm + e a.s- s4 A M ,~~
~~g The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating. is 92 days. This frequency is~~
=
considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trends. l (continued) WOG STS :B"3.8-54 Rev 1. 04/07/95
~~-~..s-.~~,--,.,.,,.m., ~-w,-,- v-,---.--w.v-- ,e-----,, mm, ---m--.,,,,,, ,+-.--e,-- ., - , + + . - - - . - - -~~
l BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B 3.8 54A (Pp ) Connection resistance is obtained by subtract 1ng the normal resistance of the intetrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertler (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance. l l 12/17/97 Revision C
DC Sources-Operatino B 3.8.4 BASES SURVE]LLANCE SR 3 8 4.3 RE0VIREMENTS (continued) Visual Inspection of the isattery cells, cell plates, and l battery racks provides an Indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performancop , , y , , , , ,,.,,.y
~~uency for this SR is cons 1e IEEE 450 (Ref. 9), w -~~
r i ed visual on an , tv on a y SR 1 8 4 4 and SD 1 8 4.5 o Visual inspection and resistance measurements of Intercell. interrack. intertler, and terminal connections provide an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that ' could indicate degraded battery condition. The anticorrosion material is used to help ensure good y electrical connections and to reduce terminal deterioration. The visual inspection for corrosion is not intended to S require removal of and inspection under each terminal y connection. The removal of visible corrosion is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4. h 'sNoth: The recuirement to verif that . connection . lean anc tight applies o . nickel cadmium batteries a . El Sta 106. "lEEE Recommended Practice for on. Maintenance. Testing and Replacement o . ed Nickel - a. .atteries for Statio pna
~~1 cations." This requirement ma moved fo M Ead acid batteries.~~
~~TheconnectionresistancelimitsforSR3.8.4.5shalilbe-no (/h h more then M aber "m ~ ' e t a"~ " e a m m^ 1""t ? ' ati r" "lnot(abovetheceilingvalueestablishedby~~
~~+ r'ae m a , . n ,. . u g _~~
tte manufacturer. @ 1he e Frequencies of 12 months ic with IEEE 450 (Ref. 9 . w - o cell and 2 terminal conn . . , ance med . a yearly
~~-} -~~
h, (continued) WOG STS B 3.8 55 Rev 1. 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) l SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B 3.8 55A (C3) The presence of physical damage or deterioration does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR. provided an evaluation determines that the
~~)hysical damage or deterioration does not affect the OPERABILITY of the ]attery (its ability to perform 1ts design function).~~
INSERT B 3.8 55B (P37 ) Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertler (b1-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance. d l' 12/17/97 Revision C 4
~~. - . - . - - - _ - _ - __ - - . - - - . - _ _ - _ _ _ . - - - - . - - . - - . - _ = - - _ _ _ - - .~~
~~DC Sur s -Orrenting~~
~
b 3.f.4 1 l BASE! aW SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4 E (a I M u.aJ * * + = W ev w Q '% U! REQUIREMENTS r (continued) This SR recuiressthat each battery charger be capable of supplying U = n;; en; X afor P48 Phours. E
~~, , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . _ . . ....~_ gm , ;~~
~~[c, h; rce r - '":' C f Accoroing to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10). the battery charoer;;a:::M is required to be~~
~~g,g cased on the largest comoinea demands of the various steady~~
%g state loads and the charging'=:r m to restore the battery from the oesign minimum cnarge state to the fully charged state, irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied.
The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger performanceduringthese718 month}'Tntervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be censistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 and 6 since it would require the DC electrical power i subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test. 7h;; R ;; m;;ific; ty a hs:c. The ree.;ca ; ;ne sie n ', I th;; perf; ring the rveillenc; m id ;;rt.r; ;hc kir:t ' 21 ":t-ibut ':- : nier nd :5:l'n:: ::'rt- c::-- 3 Crc;;: ::; :: ::::r f a ud:rn: :n-:*tu: :n u f- * " s) CC2 [& 0 SR 3.8,4. 3 A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. s consistent with The Surveillance the recommendations Frequency of Regulatory Guideof)181, months [32 (Ref.10 Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref. II), which state that the battery service test should be performed hring refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests,nottoexceedM18monthsf (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-56 Rev 1, 04/07/95
_ _ _ . _ _. . _ _ _ _ _ _ m._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b DC Sources operating B 3.2.4 g& BASES i SURVEILLANCE SR 3. 8. 4(continued)
}$
~~REQUIREMENTS This SR is modified by two Hotes. Note 1 allows the l 4 oly performance of aTmodified) performance discharge test in lieu~~
= -- of a service test ;n;e n, J unud.gp3J i 9(3 The mooifieo performance disenarge . test is a simulated duty j ,e cycle consisting of just two rates; the one minute rate Delde for published for the battery or the largest current load of the '
Dy e,r duty cycle, followed by the test rate emoloyed for the > performance test, both of which envelo;8the duty cycle of the service test. Since the ampere-hours removed by a rated one minute discharge represents a very small portion of the 3 battery caoacity, the test rate can be changed to that for the performance test vit' <ut compromising the results of the performance discharge tut. The battery terminal voltage for the modified performance discharge test should remain above the minimum battery tern.inal voltage specified in the battery service test for the duration of time equal to that of the service test. cuewm s) , A modified discharge test is a test of he battery capacity and its ability to provide a high rate, short duration load o
~~. (usually the highest rate of the duty cycle). This will i g~~
often confirm the battery's ability to meet the critical o period of the ioad duty cycie, in addition to determining M its percentage of rated capacity. Initial conditions for
~~,' -h-the niodified performance discharge test should be identical to those specified for a service test~~
~~c voses s ess-ryh i .~~
The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance l would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.Anm. nj ;; men f a ,,neim;-Q (v:e u ': n uti a LM: ?. . ] SR 3.8.4 r e g gg A battery performance discharge est is a test of constant
, current capacity of a batteryr. i -.. - - . . . ..m . ...no y " - after having been Tn service, to detect any j hange c in the capacity determined by the acceptance test.
The test is intended to determine overall battery degradation due to age and usage. h (continued) WOG STS 8 3.8-57 Rev }, o4/07/93
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.4 i
~~! INSERT B 3.8 57A (P3 ) .. and the test discharge rate must envelop the duty cycle of the service test if the modified performance discharge test is performed in lieu of a service test J~~
f J J i 12/17/97 Revision C i l l i
L i DC Sources-0perating I hh B 3.8.4
~~BASES~~
}
~~SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.8 (continued)~~
~~REQUIREMENTS ,~~
,- A battery modified performance discharge test is described rf'"""*' .. /; %~ hC\ 'i * . in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. Either the battery performance discharge test or the modified performance discharge test is acceptable for satisfying SR 3.8.4.8; however, only the !' \% 6pton F, modified SR 3.8.4.8 performance discharge test may be used to satisfy while satisfying the requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 ss ./ i ' ,at,the same time. ~ ]iuoI:.D rfh acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent ,
~~m3e and IEEE-485 (Ref. 5). These~~
~~'g l with IEEE-450 (Ref. 9) t hat the battery b6 replaced if its i~~
ace.me em references recommend A i I: m T e M -55 lcapacityisbelow80%ofthemanufacturer'srating. capacity of 80% sbnws that the battery rate of deterioration is increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the
~~,gload, requirements.~~
The surveillance Frequency for this test is normally 60 months. If the battery shows degradation, or if the l battery has reached J55 of its expected life and capacity is the Surveillance i
+ 100% of isthe manufacturer's rating,However, if the battery V ; Frequency reduced to 12 months.
shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected g i life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to 24 e months for batteries that retain capacity 1 100% of the k manufa:turer's rat' nM Degradation is indicated, according' i Sm,w to IEE E-450 (Ref. 9), when the battery capacity drops by l om.g - Octcw- more than 10% relative to its cJa acity on the previous performance test or when it isQlM10%ds below tse manJfa:turer's ratinn. I These Ffequencies are consistent wita tie recommendat ons in IEEE- 5 ef 9). This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribut< on sys".en ard challenas safety syst==. C ;, 0; ;;;.;; M ;;p ;;;n ;4;;;; th;; ;;;i;f;; tr.;; REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17. .
2. Regulatory Guide 1.6, March 10,1971.

3. IEEE-308-41978b (continued) i WOG STS B 3.8-58 Rev 1, 04/07/g5
~~l l DC Sources-Op ra . . ; BASES REFERfi:CES 4. lAFSAR, Char S +,- ta.2 o~~
~~, 5. IEEE-485k19833[ June 1983. --D~~
s. rers-c s. nis , Nohaber eq7q, , , , ,, o , g

6. (A FSAR, Chapter 36f

7. tlFSAR,Chapterh151[

8. Regulatory Guide 1.93, December 1974.
~~IEEE-450Y h 9. 0940h~~
10. Regulatory Guide 1.32, February 1977.

11. Regulatory Guide 1.129, December 1974.
i WOG STS B 3.8-59 Rev 1, 04/07/95
DC Sour ct-Shutdo n h 8 3.8.5 BASES LCO g ( a.m.u,0 interconnecting cabling withindtte1+**+@ are required to be (continued) OPERABLE to support required (tr::h;of the distribution p* systems required OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.10, " Distribution
~~, Systems-Shutdown.'s This ensures the availability of sufficient DC electrical power scurces to operate the unit~~
~~[).N'Nw'rlt$."n] in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of en-dt+w.e~~
~~%,um wm aska postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling~~
( m ,,%. accidents).4 (5n e a , P M L f -i l A ._) (ofce ltimes 3 APPLICABILITY The DC electrica ower sources required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6, an uring mo" ament of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurans that: s
a. Required features to provide adecuate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel assemblies in the core;

b. Required features needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;

c. Required features necessary to mitigate the effects of, events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available; and

d. Instrumentation and control capability is available ,
for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition. The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.4. cu m r vs.s-us ) - U ACTIONS d; Pa ;. (d m .. C A. l . A.3 2.1. A . 2. 2. NN A . 2.3 3 and A ,2,,$ Pn If two '+e+ns t are required by LCO 3.8. , the remaining
. )with DC power available may be. capable of supporting sufficient systems to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the option to declarc required features inoperable with the associated DC power source (s) inoperable, appropriate restrictions will be impleme d in accordance with the affected required featur(s'COACTIONS. In many instances, this option may involve desired administrative efforts. Therefore, the (continued)
WOG STS B 3.8-61 Rev 1, 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.5 INSERT B 3.8 61A (Py ) LC0 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to be crosstied to the opposite unit when the opposite unit 1s in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable charger. No load restrictions are placed on the bus loading. when the one division is crosstied. l INSERT R 3.8 61B (P3 ) LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.31s not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 th- fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Ther efore, in either ct' . inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. 12/17/97 Revision C 1
[ DC Sources-shutdown E 3.2.5
~~. n.1.r]~~
BASES ACTIONS A.]. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3.Cana (continued) allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made ry (i.e., to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS, movement of irradiated fue.1 assemblies, @ operations involving positive ( mt er u s- M A', reactivity addition #es' The Required Action to suspend
positive reactivity ' additions does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the required SDM is maintained. 3 LSuspent' i of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition.
These actions minimize probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immeciately initiate action to restore the required DC electrical power subsystems and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary DC electrical power tc the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required DC electrical power subsystems should be completed as quickly as possible in order to Q (ImeAtrsat-uttj minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may , be without sufficient power. O SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.5.1 g ,, o ,,g s V REQUIREMENTS s SR 3.8.5.1 recuires (=- ---" of all urveillances T required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8.4. . Therefore, see the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.4 for a discussion of each SR. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the'0PERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable during the perfo mance of SRs. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met, but actual performance is not required.
~~-m (continued)~~
WOG STS B 3.8-62 Rev 1, 04/07/95
l f ' u'
~~
! Battery Cell Parameters I B 3.8.6 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters BASES BACKGROUND This LCO delineates the limits on electrolyte teniperature. level float voltage, and specific gravity for the DC power source batteries. A tussion of these batteries and their OPERABILITY require'.ents is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating." and LCO 3.8.5. "DC Sources - Shut down. " APPLICABLE The initial conditions of,J)esign Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient anal Chapter 715f(yses Ref. 2), assume in thdV95AR. Engineered Chapter *[6F(Ref.1) and Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation.
~~/ Ig The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of tv accident anal es and is based upon meeting the design ; asis of the This includes 9~~
~~maintaining at least oneNrMof DC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions. in th imio,t9 of: D g~~
a. An assumed loss o: 511 offsite AC power or all onsite AC power; and

b. A worst case single failure.
Battery cell carameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of 6he PC jo! w, Statc"^@.10C FR Sc.3Me)(2)( A) h LCO Battery cr' irameters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure .. lab 111ty of the required DC power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. Electrolyte limits are conservatively established, allowing continued DC electrical system function even with Category A and B limits not met. (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-64 Rev 1. 04/07/95 l
Battery Cell Parameters l B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) l APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are required solely for the support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems. Therefore, battery electrolyte is only required when the DC power source is required to be OPEPABLE. Refer to the Applicability discussion in Bases for LC0 3.8,4 and LCO 3.8.5 fJnre(+ 6 M-65A) ACTIONS A.1. A.2. and A.3 k With one or more cells in one or more batteries not within limits (i.e. . Category A limits not met. Category B limits not met, or Category A and B limits not met) but within the Category C limits saecified in Table 3.8.6-1 in the accompanying LCO. t1e battery is degraded but there is still sufficient capacity to perform the intended function. Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B limits not met and operation is permitted for a limited period. o The pilot ce!? e'ectrolyte level and float voltage are 8 required to be vtcified to meet the Category C limits within tr 1 hour (Required Action A.1). This check will provide a quick indication of the status of the remainder of the battery cells. One hour provides time to inspect tne electrolyte level and to confirm the float voltage of the sr One hour is considered a reasonable amount of pilot time tocell per@ form the required verification. Verification that the Category C limits are$et (Required Action A.2) provides assurance that during the time needed to restore the parameters to the Category A and B limits, the battery is still capable of performing its intended function. A period of 24 hours is allowed to complete the initial verification because specific aravity measurements must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into consideration both the time required to aerform the rer.uired verification and the assurance that the 3attery cell parameters are not severely degraded. this time is considered reasonable. The verification is repeated at 7 day intervals until the parameters are restored to Calggary A or B limits. lihn p ricdc verificaticr 1: con:1 stent w+tr the ncrd crccu:ng cf pilct c l' Sricill;nces. (continued) l WOG STS B'3.8-65 Rev 1. 04/07/95 1
.j
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.6 i LN_SLRT B 3.E 65A (P3 ) The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Mte which indicates that separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. This is accepuble since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each affected battery. Complying with the Required Actions for one oattory may allow for continued operation. and subsequent battery parameters out of limits are governed by separate Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions, o 12/17/97 Revision C
~~. - - - _ - - , - . - - - . . . . - . . - .- - - . _ ~ .~~
Battery Cell Parameters B'3.8.6-BASES. ACTIONS A.1. A.2, and A.3 (continued) Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits. With the consideration that, while battery capacity = is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this ime is acceptable prior to declaring the battery operable. B.J. With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected
~~cell. sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable.~~
Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions. such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60*F. are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC U electrical power subsystem inoperable, y SURVEILLANCE S_R 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular battery inspections (et least one per month) including voltage, specific gravity. and electrolyte ( lof pilot cells. I oeves g, SR 3.8.6.2 The quarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is
~~'a In_3ddition, within c9ns11LentwithIEEE-450(Ref.3).~~
A p37 H5, hours)of a battery discharge <1110J V or a battery Bs > overcharge > 4 W V. the battery must be demonstrated to meet Category B limits. TransientsE tuch n -^ter rtrt a -
+~~"r which may morrentarily cause battery voltage to drop to@T110TV do not constitute a battery discharge f)! rr' i (continued) i WOG STS B 3.8-66 'Rev 1. 04/07/95
~~W BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.6 INSERT B 3.8 66A ( C,)~~
~~! Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C~~
i Battery Cell Parameters ) B 3.8.6 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.2 (continued) REQUIREMENTS provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre-transient values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends sp?clal inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge. SR 3.8.6.3 3 l This Surveillance verifica n that the average temperature h of representative cells is a . O F. is consistent with a recommendation of IEEE-450 ef. 3), that states that the temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should be determined on a quarterly basis. Lower than normal temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range. This limit is based on manufacturer recommendations. Table 3.8.6-1 This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float $ voltage, and s3ecific gravity for three different categories. T1e meaning of each category is discussed below. Category A defines the normal 3arameter limit fdr each designated pilot cell in each aattery. The cells selected as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage and electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery. The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the guidance in IEEC-450 (Ref. 3). with the extra 4 inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and ge effects. In addition to this allowance, footnot (a) QP Table 3.8.6-1 permits the electrolyte level to be ove the specified maximum level during equalizing charge, provided it is not overflowing. These limits ensure that the plates (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-67 Rev 1. 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Byron Specification Bases 3.8.6 INSERT B 3.8 67A (C, and Py ) l Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.6 INSERT B 3.8 67A (Cs and Pu ) l Deleted in Revision C 12/17/97 Revision C i
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Byron Specification Bases 3.8.6 INSERT B 3.8 67B ( Cs) l Deleted in Revisicn C 3 12/17/97 Revision C
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.6 INSERT B 3.8 67B (Cs ) l Deleted in Revision C i 12/17/97 Revision C
Ey re r, 0 ; ,1 y Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) REQUIREMENTS suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours. The Category A limit specified for float voltage is a 2.13 V per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). which states that prolonged operation of cells < 2.13 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells. The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for each
.- pilot cell is a11.200T(0.015 below the manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity.
According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77 F (25 C). The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3 F (1.67 C) above 77 F (25 C). 1 point (0.001) is addeo to the reading: o 1 point is subtracted for each 3*F below 77 F. The specific 3 gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss u of water due to electrolysis or evaporation. M Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltaae are the same as those specified for Category A ano nave Deen 01scussed above.+ The Category B limit specified for specific gravity for each connected cell is all.195f'(0.020 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity) with the average of all connected h cells >1 1.205 T(0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged. nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the ef fects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. I
}
Fcotnok (L) h TAW. 2.8.6 -1 requ ire: +he. nooi voHoge cotietTist. it averGgt electruy te temperature. (continued) WOG STS 8 3.8-68 Rev 1. 04/07/95
Brandwood Onkj gg BatteryCellPargm rg BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) RE0VIREMENTS suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours, gg The Category A limit specified for float voltage is 2(2,1MV per cell. This vaiue is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of cells <(TTDV can reduce the life expectancy of cells.
2. i a (T I53 The Category A limitespecified for specific gravity for each pilot cell is a%200f(0.015 below the manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity.
According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77*F (25 C). The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3 F (1.67 C) U above 77*F (25*C). 1 po1nt (0,001) is added to the reading: g 1 point is subtracted for each 3 F below 77 F. The specific g gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss ' of water due to electrolysis or evaporation. Category 8 defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The tarm " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A dnG nave oeen aiscussea aoove.+ The Categorv B limit 0.zeo) snec m'L,ified for specific
.105T(0.020 below gravity for each fully the manufacturer connected charged,cell is nominal specific U2% cells > 1 1.205 ?(gravity) with the average of all cnnnected0.010 be nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum s)ecific gravity value required for each cell ensures taat the !
effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. Mnde (b) h TnLle 2.8.6- I re tu i r c: We flmr velFaae aa rech on for aver age electrelyte fen.peratu re. (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-68 Rev 1. 04/07/95- ;
Byron Onlj Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued)
~~. REQUIREMENTS~~
~~. Category C defines the limits for each connected cell.~~
These values, although reduced, provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists- to perform the intended function-and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, _the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and 4
~~the battery must be declared inoperable. ; 4 The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above~~
~~the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the 4~~
~~plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate~~
~~electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for~~
~~! .- float voltage is based on IEEE-450 (Ref. 3),-which states i~~
that a cell voltage of 2.07 V or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the i cell, indicates internal cell problems- and may require t il .
replacement. The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195 is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the ! - manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that the specific gravity fcr each connected cell must be no less " than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This
~~' limit ensures that the effect of a highly cl.arged or new v>.~~
l cell does not mask overall degradatio f the battery. d te The footnotes to Table 3.8,6-1 are ap cable to Category A, i B, and C s]ecific gravity. Footnote to Table 3.8,6-1 requires tie above mentioned correction for electrolyte -
~~level and temperature, with the exception that level L~ correction is not-required when battery charging current is~~
~~, <T2T'am This current provides, in 4 87 general,ps on float charge.~~
an indication-of overall battery condition. Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an r ceptable alternative to-s)ecific-gravity measurement for determining the state of clarge _ This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref 3),
~~- Footnote (e) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge current t be used as an alternate to specific gravity for (continued) ,~~
i
~~- B 3.8 Rev 1, 04/07/95~~
~~WOG STS f~~
Eraidwcai Onh Battery Cell Parameters 9 s 3 8 3.8.6 l BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) REQUIREMENTS Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values, although reduced. provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltaae is based on IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states W 's that a cell voltage ofMV or below. under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell. indicates ;.1ternal cell problems and may require cell replacement. The Category C limit of average specific gravity 2 0100is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific g gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less 9 than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This J
~
limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradatio f the battery. The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are appli able to Category A. B, and C s]ecific gravity. Footnote (t) to Table 3.8.6-1 ; requires t1e above mentioned correction for electrolyte i level and temperature, with the exception that level I correction is not required when battery charging current is
~~<i2 Tamps on float charge. This current provides, in general. an indication of overall battery condition.~~
Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to specific gravity measurement for determining the state of charge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). Footnote (+) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge current to . used as an alternate to specific gravity for d (continued) l WOG STS B 3.8-69 Rev 1. 04/07/95 l
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) REQUIREMENTS , up to17fdays following a battery recharge. Within977 days, each connected cell's specific gravity must be measured to confirm the state of charge, Following a minor battery recharge (such as equalizing charge that does Mt follow a deep discharge) specific gravity gradients are not significJa t, and confirming measurements may be made in less tha W 77 days. j RM The value of [2] amps used in footetM
~~' or f,loat-ettrre7if established and (c) is the nomino by the battery esen ' lv charged U battery c,-~~
~~owance for overal~~
~~. e REFERENCES 1, UFSAR, ChapterT6)"~~
~~2. UFSAR, Chapterl15[~~
~~#993~~
~~3. IEEE-450-l N g WOG STS B 3.8-70 Rev 1, 04/07/95~~
~~Inverters-Shu8down B 3.S.B BASES (continued) Qm , ,~~
) g y,y @ % . ..~. % +~. 4 LCO The inverters ensure the availability of electrical power for the instrumentation for systems required to shut down '
~~the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an h anticipated operational occurren or a postulated DBA. M battery powered inverters pro interruptible supply of b~~
~~" ' " " AC electrical power t#f+* e ACsi .b busem even if the e 4.16 kV safety buses are de-enercized. ERABILITY of the@g t#/~~
h oourm.,,.C inverters requires that the,ACT W 1bu e Dowered by the / inverte @ This ensures the availability of sufficient % *d **A) (mur S M - 7/,4* inverter power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner I and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). APPLICABILITY The inverters required to be OPERABLE in MODES S and 6
~~>during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide g La ,.i os assurance that:~~
a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel in the core;

b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;

c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available; and

d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
Inverter requirements for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.7. g C _ y ACTIONS A2 A2 . cx.v.~wo x gc.,ns + *em o> n su,ia,j
~~@ A two trains are required by LCO 3.8.10,j"Distribut1on ,~~
~~f w,n, ,e n.n tue.vaA3,,%y W pwyr Systems-Shutdown,, the remaining OPERABLEk= m may be capable of supporting sufficient required features to allow~~
\weu *.ch wl.A) continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS, fuel movement,69cc .C i operations with a potential for positive reactivity additions. By the allowance of the option to declare (continued)
WOG STS B 3.8-76 Rev 1, 04/07/95
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.8 INSERT B 3.8 76A (C ) When the redundant division of the Class 1E AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystem is required by LCO 3.8.10. the power source for the AC instrument buses may consist of:
a. one inverter powered by its associated battery;

b. one inverter powered by its internal AC source: or

c. one Class lE constcnt voltage source transformer.
l INSERT B 3.8 76B (P3 ) LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However. since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. 12/17/97 Revision C
018%ribution Systems-Operating > s ?.a.9 OP. BASES (continued) (A,4 i m ,r r w ,o % y n .. w , q A.1 I ACTIONS c.. rew] With one or more L - ir ->J AC busied, 0;;; ::r:r except AC mws g ' e---- -
~~-tr 2. - .~~
~~-----7m '~~
~~buses, Er m:-t ;irJinopera e.Pthe remaining AC electrical d~~
~~@ power distr 1bution subsyste{""- ^"-- *----~~
~~of supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut~~
-rcapable down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in the remaining power distribution subsystems could result in the minimum required ESF functions not beino sucoorted.
~~z---) Th rz:erefore, the reouired ACrir.rin bus'esl 0 be~~
^" "restored " r-h rt ! :rterr. 1M OPERABLE status within 8 hours.
m i- m tur must to Condition A worst scenario (d.vinen is\one Q u, o n#without AC power E (i.e., no offsite power to theh raird and the associated DG inoperable). In this Condition, the unit is more vulnerable to a complete loss of AC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the unit operator's attention be focused on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining (trair? by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring powe' to the af f ected O+e+t9 The 8 hour time limit before requiring a i
~~/ unit shutoownjin this Condition is acceptable because of:~~
a. The potential for decreased safety if the unit operator's attention is diverted from the evaluations and actions necessary to restore power to the affected (tra rs to the actions associated with taking the unit to shutdown within this time limit; and
~~@ ,r. e= e. i.w )~~
~~b. The : m tu o for an event in conjunction with a single f ailure of a redundant component in the(traird witn AC power. 1 c c. .som )~~
The second Completion Time for Required Action A.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition A is entered while, for instance, a DC bus is inoperable and subsequently restored OPERABLE, the LCO may already have been not met for up to 2 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the AC distribution system. At this time, a DC circuit could again (continued) B 3.8-82 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
~~. _ . - - -. -- - - - - - _ _ ~ _. . _. -~~
~~018tribution Systems-Operating 3 3.8.9~~
~~-BASES ACTIONS M (continued) become inoperable, and AC distribut.en restored OPEPABLE.~~
~~This could continue indefinitely. The Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal~~
~~" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."~~
This will result in establishing the ' time zero" at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time >- Condition A was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. cc WS+< met Lu&s)) U (F **'*J ( m % , 4 4,,s. k.,..tve+ecw rd J With one"AC Ciit:i 91noperable,fthe remaining OPEPABLE AC i ( . .s. m i, r) Gii.D buses are capable of supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in the safe shutdown condition. Overall reliability is reduced, however, since an additional single failure could result in the minimumMrequiredFESF functions not beingge,q supported. Therefore, the required AC Rbu.7must De ' g restoredtoOPERABLEsatuswithin2hoursbypoweringthe]r bus (from the associated inverter via inverted DC, inverte using gatesea@ AC source, or Class IE constant voltage o transformerV ,,. ) y ;,,% ,,, w ,m > 3 c,,_c 3 , Condition B represents one ACo m a; t~a)without power; potentially both the DC source and the associated AC source are nonfunctioning. In this situation, the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all It is, therefore, imperative that noninterruptible power. the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizi he potential for~ loss of power to the remainir. 1 ne,yee -Q b (es') nd restoring power to the affected SinD bur tJW ue1 This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times allowed for the vast majority of components that are without adequate G ;i.e3 AC power. Takino exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components without adequate ACnpower, that would have the Required Action Completi@on Times shorter than 2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because of: ( t ri 4 +ru.m e.w r) 4 (continued) WOG=STS B 3.8-83 Rev 1, 04/07/95
1 l Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 BASES ACTIONS C.1
'd With DC busbur, one :mminoperable,,the aining DC (continued)[ > electrical power distribution subsystem 6M capable of Ds supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut 4>
down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown 7 condition, assuming no single failure. The overall $ reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in ' the remaining DC electrical power distribution subsystem could result in the minimum reouired ESF functions not being supported. Therefore, the f r =tr:0 DC bus @must be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours by powering the bus from the associated battery or charger. Condition C represents one Oceid without adequate DC power; potentially both with the battery significantly degraded and loe e cred the associated charger nonfunctionire In this situation, M* Au *j the unit is significantly mura vulnerable to a complete loss of all DC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the 31 operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining J tr: rs and restoring power to the affected(tr;;;. c a;au.e J This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times allowed for the vast majority of components that would be without power. Taking exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components without adequate DC power, which would have Required Action Completion Times shorter than 2 hours, is acceptable because of:
a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change in unit condition.t (i.e., requiring a shutdown) while allowing stable operations to continue;

5. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry into numerous applicable Conditions and Required Actions for components without DC power and not providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluatiens and actions for restoring power to the affected(trair0; and TG ""*'W k (d;Wieca 3

c. The 4 a a s o for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
The 2 hour Completion Time for DC buses is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 3). (continued) i WOG STS B 3.8-85 Rev 1, 04/07/95
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 h BASES ACTI0ns c.J. (continued) The second Completion Time for Required Action C.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition C is entered while, for instance, an AC bus is' inoperable and subsequently returned OPERABLE, the LCO may already have been not met for up to 8 hours. This could lead to :. total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the DC distribution system. At this time, an AC(trewscould again become inoperable, and DC distribution restorediOPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. (us j This complction Time allows for an exception to the normal
~~" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."~~
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition C was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. D.1 and 0.2 If the inoperable distribution subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required unit conditions.from full power conditions in an orderly manner ff6 and without challenging plant systems. 9 h E l L.1 cuna w-su A/Ittth-two trains with inoperable distribution subsyste cooling, result i %n a fety function, ad . containment OPERABILITY a a functions for DBA mitigation w promised, M 4a.taJ ant 1 Q N t M E accordance with LCO 3.0.3 is require (continued) B 3.8-86 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.9 l INSERT B 3.8 86A (P and P:,,) 1 Condition E corresponds to a level of degradation in the electrical power distribution system that causes a required safety function to be lost. When two or more inoperable electrical power distribution subsystems result in the loss of a safety function, the unit is in a condition outside the accident analysis. Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued operation. LCO 3.0.3 must be entered immediately to commence a controlled shutdown. i 12/17/97 Revision C
l Distribution Systems-Shutdc4n
- B 3.8,10 L BASES teontinued) c i>, u.a.r n .s. * ,s i n, a, y >
ACTIONS A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4 l Although redundant required features may require redundant "W of electrical . power distribution subsyst.amt. to be M'"'*M8LE, one capable OPERABLE of supporting distribution sufficientsubsystem.,tmd requireo featuresmay to allowbe continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By , allowing the option to declare required features associated with an inoperable distribution subsystem inoperablefLte.edmuD appropriate restrictions are implemented in accordance with Nord M%, the affecteG = n. A = n x LCO's Required Actions. 5 In many instances,sthis option may involve undesired (kwwd aaministrative efforts. Therefore, the allowance for
~~. a ufficiently conservative actions is made (i.e., to suspend Jt fhm$.walh AAA A6en Ltl" CORE ALTERATIONS, movement of additions).~~
irradiated 5fuel assem l and operations involving positive reactivity l QSuspensionofth'eseactivitiesdoesnotprecludecompletion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the probability of the occurrence of la postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required AC and DC electrical
~~i power distribution subsystems and to continue this action~~
~~! until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary power to the unit safety systems.~~
W.. udforaryeredL~ , ! TemmW WPusswt f the above con;ervative ! Pm h b O.7ot M ue. Notwithstanding Recuired Actions, aperformance required o/esidual plat f6moval (RHR) 4 c=:='@may be inoperable. In this case, Required Actions A.2.1 through A.2.4 do not adequately address the concerns
~~relating to coolant c%ulation and heat removal. Pursuant b C" N ,~~
to LCO 1.0.6,- the RHR9CTIANS would not be entered, y og s,,,j_Therefore Required ActioniA.2.5 provided to direct , ceclaring RHRHnoperable., which esults in taking the
~~, approp te SDactions.I ", , "*)~~
c1 saar 2 3 9 va ) (** ' The Camp etion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required distribution subsystems should be completed as quickly- as possible-in order to minimite the , time the unit safety systems may be without power. 1
L_
~~(continued) WOG STS B 3.8-91 Rev 1, 04/07/95~~
~~. = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . . __ _ _ .u_ , , . _ _~~
BASES INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.10 l INSERT B 3.8 91A (P3 ) LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If movir:g irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or'4 the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. INSERT B 3.9 918 (P3 )
. . and declaring the associated RHR train "not in operation" (note, this does not require the RHR train to be shut down if operating. only that the associated RHR train not be credited as the required operating train) 12/17/97 Revision C
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS GENERIC CHANGES (C) lC Ths change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-204. The proposed Bases are editorially mod 1fied to reflect plant specific design j and appropriate application of bracketed information. TSTF-204 clarifies the DC Sources-Shutdown and Inverter-Shutdown LCOs to reflect more specific :equirements for each subsystem. As written. the NUREG LCO requireNnts imply that a full complement of battery and charger are required f or both sut'systE '; Similarly. for inverters a DC battery-hcked Inverter 15 required for both divisions or trains. The requirements for the second subsystem should be relaxed to require - either a battery or a charger and either DC input or regulated AC input. This level ,f DC Source and Inverter requirements will cuit1nue to assure that sufficient power is available to support the response to events postulated during shutdown conditions in the event of a loss nf offsite power or a single failure. This change is consistent with the initial philosophy of the ITS NUREGs and is not intended to reflect any position on the proposed " Shutdown Rule." Any issues resulting for the Rule will be addressed at a later time. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-8. l Revision 2. The roposed changes to SR 3.8.1.12 and SR 3.8.1.13 are not requircd. (See J 0 P,2. ) lC 3 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-38. j C. Not used. Cs This change 15 consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-2. Revision 1. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 2 12/17/97 Revision C
~~----_---_---______---_.__,.__m_ _ __~~
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l C, Not used. l C, Not used. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431, as modified by an editorial
~~.hange provided to tho NRC.~~
C, This change to reference 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii), is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by an editorial change submitted to and approved by the NRC. lC,i Not used. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 3 12/17/97 Revision C
~~. . . . - . . .m. . - - -- - ..med~~
1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO l'UREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS I P,6 NUREG Bases 3.8.9 Required Actions A.1. B.1. and E.1 have been revised to reflect changes made to the LCO actions. Addit 1')nal details concerning these changes are discussed in LC0 JFD P 3. P n LCO Bases for ITS 3.8.9 delete the paragraph pertaining to crosstied divisions. No crosstles between redundant safety related divisions exist in the Byron /Braidwood design. l P, 3 The Bases for SR 3.8.4.6 of NUREG-1431 (ITS SR 3.8.4.6) contain specific values for voltage and frequency which must be maintained during the j given 8-hour period of the SR. ITS SR 3.8.4.6 deletes the specific values and replaces them with the stipulation that the battery charger must supply "a load equal to the manufacturer's rating" for the 8-hour period. This change is consistent with attempts to minimize amendments to the technical specif' :1ons. By stating that the SR will be performed in accordai ith the manufacturer's rating, the need to amend the SR will be a ted should the manufacturer's recommendations change. All SRs are performed in accordance with approved procedures which must include a 50.59 safety evaluation. Therefore, adequate control is maintained to ensure manufacturer recommendations are properly analyzed. P, 3 LCO section Bases-for ITS LC0 3.8.3. more specifically reference the required 7-day fuel oil supply as supporting the " maximum post-accident load" versus " full load." P3 The SR Section of the Bases for LC0 3.8.1 contains an explanation of the use of Table 3.8.1-1 " Diesel Generator Test Schedule." In accordance with NRC Generic Letter 94-01, " Removal of Acceleratad Testing and Special Reporting Requir wents for Emergency Diesel Generators." this Table is removed from TS and is to be relocated to the TRM. Therefore, the discussion of this Table has been deleted from the Bases. Pn The Bases for NUREG-1431 SR 3.8.1.14 (ITS SR 3.8.1.14) have been modified by the replacement of information regarding testing the DGs at rated power factor. The practice of performing this test at rated power factor has been determined to be unjustified. potentially destructi'.e. testing due to exceeding the vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator. if the generator should open during testing. Amplification of this issue is contained in the Engineering Position Paper on Power Factor loadirg During Emergency Diesel Generator Testing dated November 28, 1995. Both Cooper-Bessemer and the NRC concurred with the determination for discontinuing most of the DG testing at rated ower factor. This recommendation and commitment his been added to the ases for ITS SR 3.8.1.14. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7 12/17/97 Revision C
~~= _~~
i
1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES . i SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 1P 3 The Bases for LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.8. abd 3.8.10 ACTIONS Tables have been ' modified by adding a note stating "LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable." l LC0 3.0.3 1s not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However since j irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving 1rradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE S or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any act1on. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case, inability to suspend 1 movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficier.t reason to require a reactor shutdow'1. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 , philosophy. l P,, The Bases for various NUREG-1431 SRs have been modified by the deletier of references to requirements that are not contained within the CTS. tThe associated requirements have also been deleted from the applicable ITS SRs.) P,, The NUREG-1431 Bases for SR 3.8.1.15 have been motiified to reflect CTS which allow the option of running the DG until operating temperatures ha'/e stabilized versus running the DG for a 2 hours prior to performing in SR. P,, The SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 Sections of the Bases for NUREG-1431 LCO 3.8.1 have been modified by the addition of more specific reference to the DG eng1ne coolant and lube oil temperature that reflects the " normal standby" condition required for the 184-day start. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UN1151 & 2 3.8 9 12/17/97 Revision C
( JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS g P3 The Background Section of the Bases for LCO 3.8.4 specifies that the UFSAR states that the battery charger has suff1cient capacity to restore the battery from its design minimum charge to 1ts fully charged state within 24 hours v.h11e supplying Steady state loads. The 24 hour requirement is not contained in the UFSAR. and has thus been deleted from the description in the Bases. Pu The Bases for SR 3.8.).. and SR 3.8.8.1 of NUREG-1431 contain verification of frequency of the AC instrument inverters. The Inverter panels at Byron and Braidwood do not display output frequency, and this requirement is not included in the CTS. Therefore, this requirement has been deleted from SR 3.8.7.1 and SR 3.8.8.1 in ITS. Pu The Actions Section of the Bases for NUREG-1431. Condition A of LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.5. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10. and Conditicn B of NUREG LCO 3.8.2 have been modified by the additional Required Action to " declare associated - LTOP featJres inoperable immediately." The Actions of CTS LCOs 3.8.1.2. 3.8.2.2. and 3.8.3.2 require "within 8 hours depressur12e and vent the RCS through at least a 2 square inch vent." This CTS action is replaced with the additional NUREG actions referenced above. The addition of the requirement to immediately declare associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current plant conditions and to determine whether the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. If the LTOP features have not been affecteo. then ur.necessarily restrictiva actions may be averted. P u The Bases for NUREG-1431 LCO 3.8.9. Required Action C.1 Section, have been modified by the addition of the words. "and not crosstied to the other unit." This revision is made to address options made available by the ability to crosstie DC buses at Byron and Braidwood. ITS LCO 3.8.4 has been changed by new Conditions A. C and D. which allow crosstieing the Unit's DC buses. ITS LCO 3.8.4 Condition B addresses alI other inoperabilities of a DC el?ctrical power subsystem. Conditions C and D specify additional requirements when an o)erating unit's DC bus is crosstied to a shutdown unit's DC bus. Tvase additional requirements are contained in CTS LCO 3.8.2.1 and p uide clarification for the TS user. Pu Consistent with CTS 4.8.1.1.2,d), the sampling time frame for new fuel oil is revised to 30 days. P3 The Bases for NUREG SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8 (ITS SRs 3.8.4.7 and 1 3.0.4.8) contain references to a modified performance discharge test. The modified performance discharge test is performed on the AT&T batteries which are installed at Braidwood. The Gould batteries installed at Byron require the performance discharge test. Therefore, the Bases have been modified to reflect these chfferences. 8YRON/BRAIDWOOD UN NS 1 & 2 3.8 10 12/17/97 Revision C
1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS , Pn NUREG SR 3.8.6.1 Frequency has been changed from 7 days to 31 days (see LC0 JfD Pa ). Therefore the sentence stating. "This periodic verification is consistent with the normal Frequency of pilot cell Surveillances." referring to 7 day intervals 1s no longer valid. Pu Consistent with Regulatory Guir.t. J.9. Section 2.2.9. the Bases description of SR 3.8.1.14 15 revised to indicate that the first two hours of the 24 hour test is conducted at a load band equivalent to 105% to 110% of the DG continuous duty rating. P. ITS LCC 1.8.1 and its associated Conditions and Required Actions are modif;ru to reflect the Byron and Braidwood design. Byron and Braidwood design includes a normal and reserve qualified circuit to each 4.16 kV bus. The normal circuits are vie the unit system auxiliar/ transformers (note either unit transformer can supply both buses via the use of disconnect links). The reserve circuits are via the opposite unit SATs via the opposite unit's 4.16 kV buses. This design affords additional redundancy in certain scenarios. ITS LCO 3.8.1 reflects the requirement . of 2 c1rcuits per bus. ITS L C0 3.8.1 Conditions A and C are modified to reflect the allowance for one or more buses with one (Condition A) or two (Condition C) circuits to be inoperable. ITS LCO 3.8.1 Condition D provides Required Actions of either restore the DG in 12 hours or restore the required qualified circuits in 12 hours. The proposed restoration time is consistent with the discussions provided in Regulatory Guide 1.93. " Availability of Electric Power Sources", Therefore this change does not have a adverse impact on safety. P. The Bases for LC0 3.8.6 were revised to add a discussion for the existing LCO ACTIONS Table Note. The Note states " Separate condition entry is allowed for each battery." The bases do not contain any l discussion of this Note. This is consistent with TSTF-203 Pn Due to the relative large size of the inter-cell connectors, the present inter-cell resistance readings vary from 8 to 15 uohms. Addition of the 20% criteria would require action or assessment for deviations as small as 2 pohms. This deviation is outside the accuracy of the test equipment and the measuring techniques. Therefore. this statement is being deleted from the ITS Bases. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 12 12/17/97 Revision C g , y-- - , - -- w
l 1 l NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3,8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS tlc.QNICAL CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ("L " l abeled Comments / Discussions) Consonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed Technical Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specific)" in accoraance with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.92 and has determined that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideraticn. The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria in 10 CFR E0.92. The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.
~~1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probably or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?~~
~~CTS Table 4.8-2 has been revised as follows:~~
a. The Specific Gravity Footnote states that the battery charging current is less than 2 amps when on charge. This currently applies to Category A and Category B (allowable values for each 1 connected cell) columns. The ITS has moved this Footnote under the parameter column for Specific Gravity. This change now applies to Category A. B. and C limits,

b. Footnote 4 has been revised to read, " . level correction is not required when battery charging B < 2 am)s when on float tharge.
The 2 am) is a nominal value for float c1arge representing a fully charged Dattery. This is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. The CTS would have required that the level correction be made regardless of the float current.
~~c. Footnote a was added stating that it is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing.~~
In accordance with the CTS, the battery would be considered inoperable. BYRON /BRAIDW0@ UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 19 12/17/97 Revision C
N0 SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS The ccnsequences of a previously analyzed event are depencent on the initial conditions assumec for the analysis, and the avall6b111ty and successful fur.Jtioting of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the Setpoints at which these actions are initiated. Although these cnanges are less restr1ctive than the CTS. they continue to assure the performance of the batterles is as credited. As a result no analyses assumptions are violated. This change is supported by both IEEE 450 and NUREG-1431. Based nn this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event. 1 Does the change create the possibility of a new or different L1nd of accident from any accident previously evaluated? fhe proposed change does rot involve a physical alteraticn of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced, and installed equipment is not being operated in a new or different manner. There is no change teing made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated. affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which equipment operation is initiated. No alteration in the procedures which ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a new or different Lind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
~~3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?~~
The margin of safety is established through equipment design, ccerating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the purpose of mit1 gating an analyzed event. The )roposed changes involve; a) consider the bettery to be fully charged w1en the battery charging current is less than 2 amps when on charge now applies to Category A. B. and C Specific Gravity limits, b) eliminates the requirement to perform a level correction when the battery charging is < 2 amps when on float charge, c) dllowing the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above x the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not c overflowing. Although these changes are less restrictive than the CTS they continue to assure the performance of the batteries is as credited. Since there is r.o detrimental impact on any equipment design parameters, and the plant will still be required to operate within prescribed limits. Therefore the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 20 u/17/97 Revision C
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS IfCHNICAL CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ("L n" Labeled Comments / Discussion) Commonwedith Es.ison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed l Technical Spec 1fication changes 1duit1fied as " Technical Change - Less i Restrictive (Spec 1fic)" in accordance with the criteria set forth in 10 CfR 50.92 and has determ1ned that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration. The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration 15 an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92. The criteric and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.
~~1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probably or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?~~
CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.f has been revised to allow a modified performance discharge test when a battery reaches 85% of its service life and shows signs of degradation. The Surveillance Requirements have further been revised by* adding that a modified test be performed when the battery has reached 85% of the expected life with a capacity of greater than 100% of the manufacturer's rating. This is a less restrictive it allows reducing testing requirements in the event the battery is greater than 100% manufacturer's rating. The CTS requires the battery testing be performed when the battery reaches 85% of expected service life. In addition. the frequency has been increased from 18 to 24 months. This change will not result in a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated because the batteries are not considered to be an initiator of any analyzed event. The consequences of a previously analyzed events are dependent on the init1al conditions assumed for the analysis and the availability and successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. These changes do not affect the performance of any credited equipment. As a result, no analyses assumptions are violated. Each of these changes would not prevent the battery from performing its safety function, Based on this evaluation there is no significant increase in
~~-the consequences of a previously analyzed event.~~
BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 50 12/17/97 Revision C
( NO SIGNIFICANT HA7ARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL. POWER SYSTEMS
~~2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different kind of acc1 dent from any accident previously evaluated?~~
The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced, and installed equipment is not being operated in a new or different manner. There is no change being made to the parameters within which the plant 1s operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated, affected by this change. T"is change will not alter the manner in which equipment operation is initiated, nor will the function demanas on credited eautpment be changed. No alteration in the procedures which ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, ne new iailure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
~~3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?~~
The margin of safety 15 established through equipment design. operating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic acti.ans are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the purposed of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change provides additional flexibility, however, does not prevent the batteries from performing their intended function. There is no detrimental impact on any equipment design parameter, and the plant will still be required to operate within prescribed limits. Therefore, the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3,8 51 12/17/97 Revision C
N0 SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALVATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS TECHNICAL CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ("Li Labeled Comments / Discussion) Ccanonwealth Edison Company (Comed' has evaluated each of the proposed Technical Specification changes ident1fied as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specific)" in accordance with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.92 and has deter .1hed that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration. The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92 The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.
~~1. Does the change !nvolve a significant increase in the probably or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?~~
~~This change adds following:~~
a. A new LCO. Applicability. Actions, and Surveillance Requirements for the battery cell parameters;

b. A Note allowing separate Action entry for each battery; and

c. Allows the battery to meet tue Category C limits and still remain OPERABLE.
~~These changes are less restrictive than the CTS. The introduction item~~
a. provides specific requirements for battery parameters which are not currently in the CiS. As a result, the CTS would require the batteries to be considered inoperable and )ossible unit shutdown. The Note allows separate condition entry fcr eac1 battery. In the CTS this would not be allowed and would therefore ) lace the unit in a Condition for one or more batteries inoperable wit 1 the " time clock" starting with the initial inoperability for subsequent inoperable batteries. The ITS allows the )atteries to meet Category C limits and still remain OPERABLE. The CTS does not contain the Category C limits. The CTS does contain Categcry B limits for ailowable values which is essential the .
same as Category C limits, The ein difference is that the ITS Category C limits provides additional flexibility. These changes do not result in a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated because the batteries are not considered initiators of any analyzed event. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 54 12/17/97 Revision C
I NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS The ccnsequences of a previously analyzed events are cependent cn the initial conditions assumed for the analysis, and the a 411ab111ty and successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response , to the analyzed event, and the ooin*, at which these actions are initiated. These changes do not .ct the performance of any crew ted equipment. As a result, no analyses assumptions are violated. Each of these changes would not prevent the battery from performing its safety function. Based on this evaluat1on, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event.
~~2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different Lina of acc1 dent from any accident previously evaluated?~~
The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced. and installed equipa.ent is not being operated in a new or diffeient manner. There is no change ce'ng made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated, affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner 'n which equipment operation 15 initiated, nor will the function demands " credited equipment be changed. No alteration in the procedures wnich ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore. the change does not create the possibility " of a new or different kind of accident from any nccident previously evaluated.
~~3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?~~
The margin of safety is established through equipment design. operating parameters, and the setpoints at whicn automatic actions are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the purposed of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change provides additional flexibility, however, does not prevent the batteries from performing their intended function. There is no detrimental impact on any equipment design parameter, and the plant will still be required to onerate within prescribed limits. Therefore, the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. BYRON / BRA!DWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 55 12/17/97 Revision C 1 1
4 NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS TECHNICAL CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVF "Soecific" ("L 3" Labeled Comments / Discussion) Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed Technical Specification cnanges identified as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specific)" in accordance with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.92 and has determined that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration. , The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not in"olve a significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against - each of the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92. The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluat1on are presented below.
~~1. Does the change involve a s1gnificant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?~~
The consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on the initial conditions assumed for the analysis, the availability and successful fut ctioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. The successful functicning of the batteries is not impacted by reducing the temperature limits from greater than 60'F to include 60'F. The manufacturer has tested the batteries and performed load sizing calculations supporting the 60'F limit. In addition, the temperature limit is consistent with the battery room temperature limits. thus providing added assurance that the environment the batteries are subjected to is consistent with the battery design and operational requirements. Changing the temperature iimit to include 60'F does not result in the batteries ability to perform their intended safety function in the event of an accident in which they are called upon. Based on this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event. l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 67a 12/17/97 Revision C
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALVATION ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYST:HS
~~2. Does the change credte the possibility of a new or different kind of d accident from any accident previously evaluated?~~
The proposed change does not involve a physical change or alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced, and installed equipment is not being operated in a new or different manner. There is no change being made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated or af fected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which equipment operations is initiated, nor will the function demands on credited equipment be changed. No alteration in the procedures which ensure the )lant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is Deing made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a tw or different kind of accident from any accident previousl," evaluated.
~~3. Ones this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?~~
The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the purpose of mitigating an analyzed event. Tb proposed change, extends the temperature limit from just above 60*F to include 60*F. This minute change is consistent with the manufacturer's recommendation and supported \ by specific battery sizing calculations. In addition, the temperature limit is consistent with the environmental conditions of the room! in which the batteries are housed. This change in temperature limit has no detrimental impact on any equipment design parameter, and the plant will still be required to opi rate within prescribed limits. Therefore, the change does no involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 67b 12/17/97 Revision C
Programs and Manuals 5.5 5.5 Programs and Manuals P 5.5.16 Containment t eakane Rate TestiraL roaram (continued)
b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are:

1. Overoll air lock leakage rate is s 0.05 L, when tested at a P, and

2. For each door, seal leakage rate is:

1. < 0.0024 L, when pressurized to a 3 psig, and

11. < 0.01 L,. when pressurized to a 10 psig.
The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. l BYRON - UtilTS 1 & 2 5.0-36 12/17/97 Revision C
Programs and Manuals 5.5 i 5.5 Programs and Manuals 5.5.16 Containment Leakane Rate Testina Proaram (continued)
b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are:

1. Overall air lock leakage rate is s 0.05 L, when tested at a P,: and s

2. For each door, seal leakage rate is:
2
1. < 0.0024 L., when pressurized t'> a 3 psig.- and

11. < 0.01 L,. when pressurized to a 10 ps19 The provisions of SR 3.f .! do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.
The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Prograa. 8 t-1 k l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 5.0-36 12/17/97 Revision C
l ( l DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS { A,, The Explos m e Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program j includes a c arification statement denoting that the provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to this Program. This statement of applitability clarifies the allowance for surveillance frequency extensions and allowance to perform missed surve111ances. This change is necessary since the CTS requirements. CTS LCO 3.11.1.4 and CTS LC0 3.11.2.5. are being relccated from the TS. and the program described in ITS Specification 5.5.12 is be109 added where the statements of applicability are generally not applied. Since this change maintains current requirements. It 15 considered a change of presentation method only. During this reformatting, no technical changes (either actual or interpretat1onal) were made to the TS unless they were identified and justified. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. A ,, CTS 6.2.2.b is deleted. The requirements for control room manning in the CTS are consistent with and duplicative of the mannina requirements delineated in 10 CFR 50.54(m)(2)(111). Deletion of the CfS requirement does not change the ruanning requirement. Therefore this change is considered a change of presentation method only. During t 's reformatting no technical changes (either actual or Interpretational were made to the TS unless they were identified and justified. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by WOG-56. A., (Byron Only) Consistent with the rest of CTS Section 6. CTS 6.9.1.4 is revised to refcrence the " facility" versus " unit." Specification 6.i.9 covers annual reports for which one report is prepared, covering the operation of both units or the " facility." This change is considered a format change and is administrative. During this reformatting, no technical changes (either actual or interpretational) were made to the TS unless they were identifiea and justified. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 philosophy. A3 By letter dated December 21, 1995, and letter dated October 24. 1996 a revision to the Byron and Braidwood CTS was requested, to expand the sco]e of the Core Operating Limits Report. The cloudW portions of the morcup (CTS 6.9.1.9) reflect this request. Any revisions to the request as a result of the conversion to the ITS are annotated and justified separately. This is an administrative change with no impact on safety because the annotations are consistent with a CTS change under NRC review. An Consistent with ITS LC0 3.1.1 " Shutdown Margin." referencing the COLR: reference to LCO 3.1.1 is added to CTS Specification 6.9.1.9. This is an administrative change, keeping the ITS Specifications consistent. Any technical changes made are discussed in the CTS markups for ITS LC0 3.1.1. BYRON / BRA 10'lu00 UNITS 1 & 2 5.0 6 12/17/97 Revision C
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS I LA,, CTS Specifications 3.6.1.1. 3.6.1.2. and 3.6.1.3 contain requirements for containment leakage and air lock testing. This CTS information is to be relocated to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program and the ITS contains a more generic arogram description. The requirements of ITS 5.5.16. " Containment Leacage Rate Testing Program." SR 3.6.1.1 and l SR 3.6.1.2 are adequate to ensure the required containment leakage and i' containment airlock leakaae testing is performed. SR 3.6.1.1 of ITS Specification 3.6.1 and SR 3.6.2.1 of ITS S)ecification 3.6.2 require containment leakage and containment air locc leakage testing to be performed in accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program and ITS Spec 1fication 5.5.16 provides the programmatic requirements for containment leakage and air lock testing. As such. , this detail is r,ot required to ensure adequate protection of the public l 4 health and safety. The relocat'on of this information maintains l consistency with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-52. Any change to these requirements will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. l LA3 Not used. LA3 CTS Specification 6.1.2 delineates the responsibility of the Shift Enginee for directing the control room command function and the daily operations of the facility. This requirement is relocated to the TRM. ITS Specification 5.1.2 contains the requirement that a " Senior Reactor 0)erator shall be responsible for the control room command function w111e either unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. For each unit an SRO may be designated as responsible for the control room command function of that unit. While both units are in MODE 5 or 6 or defueled, an individual with an active SRO license or Reactor Operator (RO) license hall be designated to assume the control room command function." ITS
.ipec1fication 5.1.2 provides requirements for the control room command function. As a result, inclusion of the detailed responsibilitier of the Shift Engineer in the TS is not required to ensure adequate protection of the aublic health and safety. Any change to these requirements will >e made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59.
BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS-1 & 2 5.0 19 12/17/97 Revision C
Programs ano Manuals l 5.5 , 5.5 Programs and Manuals (continued) 5.5.15 Safety Function Determination procram (SFDP) This program ensures loss of safety function is detected and appropriate actions taken. Upon entry into LCO 3.0.6, an evaluation shall be made to determine if loss of safety function exists. Additionally, other appropriate actions may be taken as a result of the support system inoperability and corresponding exception to entering supported system Condition and Required Actions. This program implements the requirements of LCO 3.0.6. The SFDP shall contain the following: ! a. Provisions for cross train checks to ensure a loss of the capability to perform the safety function assumed i'1 the accident analysis does not go undetected; - b. Provisions for ensuring the plant is maintained in a safe condition if a loss of function condition exists;
c. Provisions to ensure that an inoperable supported system's Completion Time is not inappropriately extended as a result of multiple support system inoperabilities; and

d. Other appropriate limitations and remedial or compensatcry actions.
A lost of safety function exists when, assuming no concurrent single failure, a safety function assumed in the accident analysis cannot be performed. For the purpose of this program, a loss of safety function may exist when a support system is inoperable, and:
a. A required system redundant to the system (s) supported by the inoperable support system is also inoperable; or

b. A required system redundant to the system (s) in turn supported by the inoperable supported system is also inoperable; or

c. A required system redundant to the support system (s) for the supported systems (a) and (b) above is also inoperable.
The SFDP identifies where a loss of safety function exists. If a loss of safety function is determined to exist by this program, the appropriate Conditions and Required Actions of the LCO in which the loss of safety function exists are required to be ente * (zuwer5.o MI- { coes.*, ra u. x.. a p +. Tes4... Pr.. , f
~~, m .u LJ --- e y,a -.~~
~~j -]S %; Gp % - :: _l-n~~
~
~~l ~e. e ,- c.c n{ S G Table i D Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS b,,,#g.e.00.50n,6te[j0 0~~
, , _- - - . - - - - 7- , _ , - , - . . - . , . . - , .- , ...-..y. . _ - .,,,,.-,-i,. - . . . . - - .
l LCO INSERT (S) SECTION 5.0 Specification 5.5.17 IfiSERT 5.0 17B (C,) (P ) l Deleted in Revision C 5 6 k 12/17/97 Revision C L _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . __ _ ___
l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 SECTION 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS GENERIC CHANGES (C) Ci This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 as modified by TSTF-65. Consistent with the philosophy of TSTF-65. 5.2.1.c bracketed information states a corporate officer. The plant specific title for the person holding these responsibilities will be delineated in the OA Program. The modifications to Specification 5.7 proposed in TSTF-65 were not incorporated based on CTS alant specific information. In addition, the plant specific title of "S11ft Engineer" is retained. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-56. NUREG Specification 5.2.2.b has ber- deleted. This Section contains information that is duplicat /e of 10 CFR 50.54(m)(2)(111) requirements and is not required in the T to ensure the public health and safety. C3 Not used. C. These changes are consistent with NUREG-1431. as modifled by TSTF-152. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-52. The acceptance criteria of 5.5.16.a is modified to delete the " equals to." portion of s 0.60 L and s 0.75 L . For consistency with Appendix J. j minor editorial cor,rection to tha,t proposed in TSTF-52 have been made. A plant specific requested exception to NEl 94-01 is added. l C, Not used. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by an editorial change provided to the NRC. C, This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by WOG-72. This change revises 5 C.4.e wording to describe the actual intent of the dose projections. GL 89-01 provides the wording which basically combine the 2 requirements for cumulative and projected dose. This can be read to require a plant to make projected doses for the quarter and year every 31 days. It is only necessary and reasonable to make a projection for the next 31 days (and not to project the quarter and yearly dose). A cumulative dose projection would still be done for the current calendar quarter and year per the ODCM. The new proposed words are the same as pre-GL 89-01 implementation. C, TSTF-4. Revision 1. proposed revisions to the PTLR definition. However, the change did not include similar revisions to Section 5.0. For consistency the PTLR c ;ription is revised to add the PORV lift setti UNITS 1 & 2 5.0 2 12/17/97 Revision C ____--___-__ ___- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _}}

ML20203M592: Difference between revisions

Latest revision as of 07:45, 7 December 2021

Text

Navigation menu

ML20203M592: Difference between revisions

Latest revision as of 07:45, 7 December 2021

Text

Navigation menu

Search